Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Numerical Analysis

209 missions · 97 completed

Missions

Open112Completed97All209
Linear algebraMachine LearningProbability+2·Captain: mikedeng1

An Introduction to Matrix Concentration Inequalities III: A Matrix Sampling Estimator Satisfies E‖R̄ₙ − B‖ ≤ √(2m₂(R)log(d₁ + d₂)/n) + 2L log(d₁ + d₂)/(3n)Textbook

Motivation

Matrix approximation replaces a large or complicated matrix with a random matrix that is easier to store or compute. Averaging independent realizations improves accuracy while retaining the structure of each realization. Examples in Tropp's monograph include sparse approximations and randomized matrix products. The practical question is how the number of samples, the size of one sample, and its second moment control the spectral norm error. Tropp, §6.2

The book proves a matrix Bernstein inequality in Theorem 6.1.1, then applies it to an empirical matrix average in Corollary 6.2.1. Theorem 6.1.1 is already posed as TroppMatrixConcentration.matrix_bernstein on Prove2Me and is currently Open. This mission records the application with its own hypotheses and constants. The capstone concerns the estimator that a reader would construct, rather than a sum of abstract centered summands. Tropp, §§6.1–6.2

Setting

Let BBB be a fixed complex d1×d2d_1\times d_2d1​×d2​ matrix. A sample matrix RRR has the same size, has expectation BBB, and has spectral norm at most LLL almost surely. The equality ER=B\mathbb ER=BER=B makes one sample an unbiased estimate of BBB. The almost-sure bound limits the size of every sample except on a probability-zero set. The dimensions d1,d2d_1,d_2d1​,d2​ are positive integers, and nnn is a positive sample count.

Take independent copies R1,…,RnR_1,\ldots,R_nR1​,…,Rn​ with the distribution of RRR. Their matrix sampling estimator is

R‾n=1n∑k=1nRk.\overline R_n=\frac1n\sum_{k=1}^nR_k.Rn​=n1​k=1∑n​Rk​.

For any rectangular matrix AAA, A∗A^*A∗ denotes its conjugate transpose and ∥A∥\|A\|∥A∥ its spectral norm. The per-sample second moment is

m2(R)=max⁡{∥E(RR∗)∥,∥E(R∗R)∥}.m_2(R)=\max\{\|\mathbb E(RR^*)\|,\|\mathbb E(R^*R)\|\}.m2​(R)=max{∥E(RR∗)∥,∥E(R∗R)∥}.

Both terms matter for a rectangular matrix: RR∗RR^*RR∗ and R∗RR^*RR∗R act on different coordinate spaces. All expectations of matrices are entrywise expectations, represented by Bochner integrals in Lean. The almost-sure norm bound guarantees the moments used here are finite. Tropp, equations (6.2.4)–(6.2.6)

Formalization targets

Empirical matrix approximation

Corollary 6.2.1 gives an expectation estimate and a tail estimate for the same estimator. For every real t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

E∥R‾n−B∥≤2m2(R)log⁡(d1+d2)n+2Llog⁡(d1+d2)3n,\mathbb E\|\overline R_n-B\|\le \sqrt{\frac{2m_2(R)\log(d_1+d_2)}{n}}+ \frac{2L\log(d_1+d_2)}{3n},E∥Rn​−B∥≤n2m2​(R)log(d1​+d2​)​​+3n2Llog(d1​+d2​)​, P{∥R‾n−B∥≥t}≤(d1+d2)exp⁡(−nt2/2m2(R)+2Lt/3).\mathbb P\{\|\overline R_n-B\|\ge t\}\le (d_1+d_2)\exp\left(\frac{-nt^2/2}{m_2(R)+2Lt/3}\right).P{∥Rn​−B∥≥t}≤(d1​+d2​)exp(m2​(R)+2Lt/3−nt2/2​).

The goal includes both bounds. The expectation estimate controls average error; the tail estimate controls the chance of an error above a chosen threshold. The dimension enters only through log⁡(d1+d2)\log(d_1+d_2)log(d1​+d2​) in the expectation bound and the factor d1+d2d_1+d_2d1​+d2​ in the tail bound. These are the book's constants, including the factors 222 and 333 in the linear terms. Tropp, Corollary 6.2.1, p. 81

Supporting statements

The milestone list follows Corollary 6.1.2 for uncentered summands, the bound ∥n−1(Rk−B)∥≤2L/n\|n^{-1}(R_k-B)\|\le2L/n∥n−1(Rk​−B)∥≤2L/n, and the variance estimate v(R‾n−B)≤m2(R)/nv(\overline R_n-B)\le m_2(R)/nv(Rn​−B)≤m2​(R)/n. Equation (6.2.7) is a companion: a stated lower bound on nnn implies E∥R‾n−B∥≤2ε\mathbb E\|\overline R_n-B\|\le2\varepsilonE∥Rn​−B∥≤2ε for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. Tropp, pp. 77, 82

Significance

The result turns a bound on one random matrix into a quantitative guarantee for an empirical approximation. It lets a user choose a sample count for a target error and evaluate both average error and failure probability. The same framework is instantiated later in the monograph for matrix sparsification and multiplication; those applications depend on controlling LLL and m2(R)m_2(R)m2​(R) for their particular sampling laws. Tropp, §§6.2–6.4

This is a known mathematical result proved in the book. Its Lean statement is an open formalization target. The mission adds a reusable empirical-mean definition and application statements built on the already published matrix spectral norm and rectangular second-moment definitions. A proof of the general matrix Bernstein theorem remains separate; the mission can draw on it when that platform theorem is proved.

Difficulty

The estimator error is a centered sum, but the sampling assumptions are given for an uncentered random matrix RRR. Bounding the centered summands changes the uniform bound from LLL to 2L/n2L/n2L/n. The variance parameter must be related to the second moment of one uncentered sample, with the correct 1/n1/n1/n scaling. Dropping the common-distribution condition would leave no relation between the samples' second moments and m2(R)m_2(R)m2​(R). Applying scalar concentration to entries would not directly give the stated spectral norm bound or its dimension dependence. Tropp, proof of Corollary 6.2.1, p. 82

Formalization scope

Matrices are Matrix (Fin d₁) (Fin d₂) ℂ. The spectral norm and rectSecondMoment are imported from tc's published TroppMatrixConcentration definitions. An arbitrary probability space carries a measurable reference matrix R0R_0R0​ and a finite family RkR_kRk​; iIndepFun expresses independence and IdentDistrib expresses equality in law with R0R_0R0​. The estimator is the finite sum scaled by n−1n^{-1}n−1. No particular sampling scheme or deterministic choice of RRR is fixed: the formal goal requires only the source's unbiasedness and boundedness conditions.

The Lean statements explicitly require d1,d2≥1d_1,d_2\ge1d1​,d2​≥1, n>0n>0n>0, measurability, and the almost-sure form of ∥R∥≤L\|R\|\le L∥R∥≤L. These make the logarithm and inverse sample count meaningful and make the random matrix laws well behaved. For the uncentered Bernstein corollary, integrability of each SkS_kSk​ is explicit because a bounded deviation from an unspecified mean alone does not establish that the mean exists. The goal also asserts integrability of its error norm, preventing a Bochner integral from silently taking Lean's default value for a nonintegrable function. The bound on RRR supplies that integrability. When the denominator in a tail formula is zero, the displayed total real division gives a loose bound at the degenerate case; the source's probabilistic claim remains valid.

Contributions that formalize the centered-summand calculation, the variance estimate, or the transfer from the general matrix Bernstein theorem are within scope. The imported matrix and probability definitions are reusable in other matrix concentration missions. The local empirical-mean definition is reusable whenever a matrix estimator averages finitely many random samples.

Selected references

  • Joel A. Tropp, An Introduction to Matrix Concentration Inequalities, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(1–2), 2015, arXiv:1501.01571v1, especially §§6.1–6.4.
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian 1: NAPP-AL Drives the Best Stationarity Residual to Zero at Rate o(1/√k)Research Paper

Motivation

Many models in statistics, machine learning and engineering are nonconvex, nonsmooth and coupled by constraints: a sparsity penalty such as SCAD, MCP or capped-ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ on one block of variables, a smooth loss coupling the blocks, and a nonlinear equality constraint tying them together. Augmented-Lagrangian methods and ADMM-type splittings are the workhorses for such problems, but most convergence theory for them assumes linear constraints or convexity. Zhu, Zhao and Zhang (arXiv:2007.12219v1, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) propose a first-order primal-dual method, NAPP-AL (nonconvex auxiliary problem principle with augmented Lagrangian), for a nonconvex problem with a nonlinear coupling constraint, and prove that it reaches approximate stationarity at a sublinear rate. This mission targets that rate result and the chain of lemmas behind it.

Setting

Fix dimensions n,d,mn,d,mn,d,m. Problem (P) is

min⁡u∈U, v∈RdF(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,Θ:=Ω+Φ,\min_{u\in U,\ v\in\mathbb R^d} F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad\Theta(u)+Bv=0,\qquad\Theta:=\Omega+\Phi,u∈U, v∈Rdmin​F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,Θ:=Ω+Φ,

where GGG and HHH are differentiable with Lipschitz gradients, JJJ is lower semicontinuous and possibly nonconvex and nonsmooth, U⊆RnU\subseteq\mathbb R^nU⊆Rn is closed and convex, Θ:Rn→Rm\Theta:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mΘ:Rn→Rm is Lipschitz with constant LΘ0L^0_\ThetaLΘ0​, each component of Ω\OmegaΩ has a Lipschitz gradient (constants LΩjL_{\Omega_j}LΩj​​, LΩ=∑jLΩjL_\Omega=\sum_jL_{\Omega_j}LΩ​=∑j​LΩj​​), and BBB is an m×dm\times dm×d matrix with Im⁡Θ⊆Im⁡B\operatorname{Im}\Theta\subseteq\operatorname{Im}BImΘ⊆ImB. These are Assumption 1 (H1)–(H7); (H7) asks FFF to be bounded below and coercive on the feasible set {(u,v):Θ(u)+Bv=0}\{(u,v):\Theta(u)+Bv=0\}{(u,v):Θ(u)+Bv=0}.

The augmented Lagrangian of (P) at w=(u,v,p)w=(u,v,p)w=(u,v,p) is

Lγ(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+γ2∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2.\mathcal L_\gamma(w)=F(u,v)+\langle p,\Theta(u)+Bv\rangle+\frac\gamma2\|\Theta(u)+Bv\|^2 .Lγ​(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+2γ​∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2.

Its stationarity set ∂Lγ(w)\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)∂Lγ​(w) (p. 6) collects the triples (ξu,ξv,ξp)(\xi_u,\xi_v,\xi_p)(ξu​,ξv​,ξp​) with, for y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv)y=p+\gamma(\Theta(u)+Bv)y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv),

ξu∈∇uG(u,v)+∂J(u)+NU(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y,ξv=∇vG(u,v)+∇H(v)+B⊤y,ξp=Θ(u)+Bv,\xi_u\in\nabla_uG(u,v)+\partial J(u)+N_U(u)+(\nabla\Theta(u))^\top y,\quad\xi_v=\nabla_vG(u,v)+\nabla H(v)+B^\top y,\quad\xi_p=\Theta(u)+Bv,ξu​∈∇u​G(u,v)+∂J(u)+NU​(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y,ξv​=∇v​G(u,v)+∇H(v)+B⊤y,ξp​=Θ(u)+Bv,

where ∂J\partial J∂J is the limiting subdifferential and NUN_UNU​ the normal cone of UUU. A stationary point is a www with 0∈∂Lγ(w)0\in\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)0∈∂Lγ​(w), and dist⁡(0,S)=inf⁡ξ∈S∥ξ∥\operatorname{dist}(0,S)=\inf_{\xi\in S}\|\xi\|dist(0,S)=infξ∈S​∥ξ∥, with dist⁡(0,∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(0,\emptyset)=+\inftydist(0,∅)=+∞.

NAPP-AL takes a β\betaβ-strongly convex KKK with Lipschitz gradient (Bregman distance D(u,u′)=K(u)−K(u′)−⟨∇K(u′),u−u′⟩D(u,u')=K(u)-K(u')-\langle\nabla K(u'),u-u'\rangleD(u,u′)=K(u)−K(u′)−⟨∇K(u′),u−u′⟩), a penalty γ>57+12λmin⁡(B⊤B)(LG+LH)\gamma>\frac{\sqrt{57}+1}{2\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)}(L_G+L_H)γ>2λmin​(B⊤B)57​+1​(LG​+LH​) (Assumption 2) and 0<σ<10<\sigma<10<σ<1. With qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk)q^k=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^k)+Bv^k)qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk) it sets uk+1u^{k+1}uk+1 to a global minimizer over UUU of the linearized model

⟨∇uG(uk,vk),u⟩+J(u)+⟨qk,∇Ω(uk)u+Φ(u)⟩+1ϵkD(u,uk),\langle\nabla_uG(u^k,v^k),u\rangle+J(u)+\langle q^k,\nabla\Omega(u^k)u+\Phi(u)\rangle+\tfrac1{\epsilon^k}D(u,u^k),⟨∇u​G(uk,vk),u⟩+J(u)+⟨qk,∇Ω(uk)u+Φ(u)⟩+ϵk1​D(u,uk),

vk+1v^{k+1}vk+1 to the minimizer of a strongly convex quadratic, and pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1)p^{k+1}=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^{k+1})+Bv^{k+1})pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1). The step ϵk\epsilon^kϵk lies in [σδk,δk][\sigma\delta_k,\delta_k][σδk​,δk​], with δk\delta_kδk​ given by the explicit formula (8), which depends on ∥qk∥\|q^k\|∥qk∥. The analysis runs through the potential

Λk=Lγ(wk)+c1∥uk−1−uk∥2+c2∥vk−1−vk∥2+12γ∥pk−1−pk∥2(18)\Lambda^k=\mathcal L_\gamma(w^k)+c_1\|u^{k-1}-u^k\|^2+c_2\|v^{k-1}-v^k\|^2+\tfrac1{2\gamma}\|p^{k-1}-p^k\|^2 \tag{18}Λk=Lγ​(wk)+c1​∥uk−1−uk∥2+c2​∥vk−1−vk∥2+2γ1​∥pk−1−pk∥2(18)

with explicit constants c1,c2c_1,c_2c1​,c2​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.1 (p. 18)

Under Assumptions 1 and 2, with δk\delta_kδk​ set by (8),

min⁡1≤j≤kdist⁡(0,∂Lγ(wj))=o(1/k).\min_{1\le j\le k}\operatorname{dist}\big(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^j)\big)=o\big(1/\sqrt k\big).1≤j≤kmin​dist(0,∂Lγ​(wj))=o(1/k​).

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (p. 9): dist⁡(0,∂Lγ(wk+1))≤3 h(uk,pk)∥wk−wk+1∥\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1}))\le\sqrt3\,h(u^k,p^k)\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|dist(0,∂Lγ​(wk+1))≤3​h(uk,pk)∥wk−wk+1∥ with the paper's explicit hhh (see the scope section for the factor 3\sqrt33​).
  2. Lemma 4.1 (p. 11): the dual step ∥pk−pk+1∥\|p^k-p^{k+1}\|∥pk−pk+1∥ is controlled by the primal steps.
  3. Lemma 4.2 (pp. 11–12): one-step change estimates for Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​.
  4. Lemma 4.3 (p. 15): sufficient decrease Λk+1−Λk≤−c3∥wk−wk+1∥2\Lambda^{k+1}-\Lambda^k\le-c_3\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2Λk+1−Λk≤−c3​∥wk−wk+1∥2 with c3=min⁡{12,c4,13γ}>0c_3=\min\{\frac12,c_4,\frac1{3\gamma}\}>0c3​=min{21​,c4​,3γ1​}>0.
  5. Theorem 4.1 (p. 16): Λk\Lambda^kΛk converges, the iterates are bounded with vanishing steps, the residuals vanish, and every cluster point is stationary.

Significance

The result gives NAPP-AL an iteration complexity of O(1/ε2)O(1/\varepsilon^2)O(1/ε2) to reach an ε\varepsilonε-stationary point (Remark 4.1), for problems with a nonlinear, nonconvex coupling constraint and a nonsmooth nonconvex regularizer, using only gradient evaluations and one proximal-type subproblem per iteration. It is also the base layer for the paper's later results: linear convergence under an error bound (Theorem 5.1) and the sufficient conditions for that error bound (Propositions 6.1–6.2) all start from Theorem 4.1 and Lemma 4.3.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is formalized elsewhere. A formal development adds a machine-checked Lyapunov analysis of an augmented-Lagrangian method with nonlinear constraints, with every constant explicit. It also records a correction: Proposition 3.1 as printed is false by a factor of at most 3\sqrt33​, and the corrected bound is what the paper's proof establishes.

Difficulty

The difficulty is the dual variable. The multiplier update has no step size of its own, so the augmented Lagrangian itself need not decrease along the iterates, and the obvious descent argument for Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ fails; the step δk\delta_kδk​ of (8) depends on the current multiplier estimate ∥qk∥\|q^k\|∥qk∥, so even the step sizes are not uniformly bounded a priori. Boundedness of the iterates is not a hypothesis, and the iterates are infeasible, so coercivity of FFF on the feasible set does not apply to them directly. The rate needs the residual bound of Proposition 3.1 with a constant uniform in kkk, while h(uk,pk)h(u^k,p^k)h(uk,pk) depends on ∥qk∥\|q^k\|∥qk∥ and δk\delta_kδk​. Passing to cluster points involves the limiting subdifferential of a nonconvex, nonsmooth JJJ, which is not closed under arbitrary convergence of its arguments.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces and norms. Points are in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k). The norm of a triple (u,v,p)(u,v,p)(u,v,p) is the Euclidean norm of the stacked vector, defined explicitly; Mathlib's sup norm on products is never used. BBB is a continuous linear map with its operator (spectral) norm and adjoint; λmin⁡(B⊤B)\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)λmin​(B⊤B) is the Rayleigh minimum over the unit sphere.
  • Residual. dist⁡(0,⋅)\operatorname{dist}(0,\cdot)dist(0,⋅) takes values in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞] and equals +∞+\infty+∞ on the empty set, as on p. 5. Metric.infDist (zero on ∅\emptyset∅) is not used; with it, every residual bound would hold whenever ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​ is empty. The goal is stated as k⋅inf⁡1≤j≤kdist⁡(0,∂Lγ(wj))→0\sqrt k\cdot\inf_{1\le j\le k}\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^j))\to0k​⋅inf1≤j≤k​dist(0,∂Lγ​(wj))→0 in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], not as a big-O bound.
  • Stationarity. ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​ is the p. 6 display with the limiting subdifferential of JJJ (the published NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff) and the normal cone of UUU, which is empty off UUU, so that stationarity forces u∈Uu\in Uu∈U.
  • Algorithm. NAPP-AL is a relation on given sequences: uk+1u^{k+1}uk+1 is any global minimizer of the uuu-subproblem over UUU, whose existence is assumed by the paper (Remark 3.2), not asserted. The starting point is free.
  • Standing readings of Assumption 1, disclosed in the items: G,H,JG,H,JG,H,J are real valued with gradients Lipschitz on the whole space; "JJJ locally Lipschitz on dom⁡J∩U\operatorname{dom}J\cap UdomJ∩U" is read as Lipschitz on a neighbourhood in Rn\mathbb R^nRn of each point of UUU (not Mathlib's relative LocallyLipschitzOn); λmin⁡(B⊤B)>0\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)>0λmin​(B⊤B)>0 (full column rank, invoked in the proof of Lemma 4.2); (H7) is coercivity on the feasible set only.
  • Indices. Λk\Lambda^kΛk and the lemmas involving wk−1w^{k-1}wk−1 are stated for k≥1k\ge1k≥1.
  • Printed slips. Proposition 3.1 carries the factor 3\sqrt33​ (the printed bound fails on a one-dimensional instance with ratio about 1.1081.1081.108). Theorem 4.1(iv) prints "∂Lγ(uk)\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(u^k)∂Lγ​(uk)"; it is stated at wk+1w^{k+1}wk+1, as Proposition 3.1 and the later sections use it.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order, general facts about limiting subdifferentials and normal cones of convex sets (sum rule with a locally Lipschitz function, closedness under attentive convergence), and the "non-increasing summable sequence is o(1/k)o(1/k)o(1/k)" lemma. These are reusable beyond this mission. The source is the preprint arXiv:2007.12219v1, not the published version; all labels and constants are those of v1.

Selected references

  • D. Zhu, L. Zhao, S. Zhang, A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian, arXiv:2007.12219v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.12219v1
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
  • G. Cohen, Auxiliary problem principle and decomposition of optimization problems, Journal of Optimization Theory and Applications 32 (1980) 277–305. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00934554
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Harmonic AnalysisQuantum Information·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantum Algorithm for Systems of Linear Equations with Exponentially Improved Dependence on Precision II: A Discretized Gaussian Fourier Double Sum Is ε-Close to 1/x on [−1, −1/κ] ∪ [1/κ, 1]Research Paper

Motivation

A quantum algorithm for a system of linear equations must turn operations it can implement into an approximation of the inverse of the system matrix. For a Hermitian matrix, time evolution e−iAte^{-iAt}e−iAt is such an operation. Childs, Kothari and Somma use a Fourier expansion of the scalar reciprocal 1/x1/x1/x to express an approximation to A−1A^{-1}A−1 as a finite linear combination of these evolutions. Their paper reports an exponential improvement in the dependence on the requested precision over earlier linear-systems methods. The scalar approximation in Lemma 11 is the mathematical input to their Fourier algorithm and to the query and gate analyses in Theorem 3. This mission isolates that approximation and the Gaussian estimates stated around it. Theorem 3's complexity claims themselves are outside the present formalization. Childs, Kothari and Somma, §3, pp. 10–14.

Setting

Fix a condition number κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1. The scalar spectral domain is

Dκ=[−1,−1/κ]∪[1/κ,1].D_\kappa=[-1,-1/\kappa]\cup[1/\kappa,1].Dκ​=[−1,−1/κ]∪[1/κ,1].

It contains the real eigenvalues permitted after the paper's normalization and excludes zero, where the reciprocal is undefined. For an accuracy ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, two functions are ε\varepsilonε-close on DκD_\kappaDκ​ when their difference has magnitude at most ε\varepsilonε at every point of that domain. A complex-valued approximant is compared with 1/x1/x1/x as a complex number. The paper gives this domain and closeness convention before the Fourier construction. Childs, Kothari and Somma, pp. 9–10.

The intermediate function gyJ,zK(x)g_{y_J,z_K}(x)gyJ​,zK​​(x) is a truncated Gaussian Fourier integral. It integrates ze−z2/2e−ixyzz e^{-z^2/2}e^{-ixyz}ze−z2/2e−ixyz over −zK≤z≤zK-z_K\le z\le z_K−zK​≤z≤zK​ and then over 0≤y≤yJ0\le y\le y_J0≤y≤yJ​, multiplying by i/2πi/\sqrt{2\pi}i/2π​. The finite approximant hJ,K,Δy,Δz(x)h_{J,K,\Delta_y,\Delta_z}(x)hJ,K,Δy​,Δz​​(x) is a Gaussian Fourier double sum with the same normalization and phase. Its samples are yj=jΔyy_j=j\Delta_yyj​=jΔy​ for j=0,…,J−1j=0,\ldots,J-1j=0,…,J−1 and zk=kΔzz_k=k\Delta_zzk​=kΔz​ for k=−K,…,Kk=-K,\ldots,Kk=−K,…,K; each term carries both mesh widths. Thus J,KJ,KJ,K count the retained samples, while Δy,Δz\Delta_y,\Delta_zΔy​,Δz​ control their spacing. The sign in the phase and the factor iii are part of the definitions. Childs, Kothari and Somma, (18), p. 10, and (21), p. 11.

Formalization targets

Truncation

Lemma 12 says that for cutoffs of scale

yJ=Θ ⁣(κlog⁡(κ/ε)),zK=Θ ⁣(log⁡(κ/ε)),y_J=\Theta\!\bigl(\kappa\sqrt{\log(\kappa/\varepsilon)}\bigr), \qquad z_K=\Theta\!\bigl(\sqrt{\log(\kappa/\varepsilon)}\bigr),yJ​=Θ(κlog(κ/ε)​),zK​=Θ(log(κ/ε)​),

the function gyJ,zKg_{y_J,z_K}gyJ​,zK​​ is ε\varepsilonε-close to 1/x1/x1/x on DκD_\kappaDκ​. The proposal includes the paper's explicit error bound (27) and its Gaussian tail bound (28), as well as the Gaussian Poisson-summation identity of Lemma 13. These are separate reusable targets, not replacements for the approximation theorem. Childs, Kothari and Somma, Lemmas 12–13 and (27)–(28), pp. 11–12.

Finite Fourier sum

The goal is Lemma 11:

∣hJ,K,Δy,Δz(x)−1x∣≤εfor every x∈Dκ,\left|h_{J,K,\Delta_y,\Delta_z}(x)-\frac1x\right|\le\varepsilon \quad\text{for every }x\in D_\kappa,​hJ,K,Δy​,Δz​​(x)−x1​​≤εfor every x∈Dκ​,

where

J=Θ ⁣(κεlog⁡κε),K=Θ ⁣(κlog⁡κε),Δy=Θ ⁣(εlog⁡(κ/ε)),Δz=Θ ⁣(1κlog⁡(κ/ε)).J=\Theta\!\left(\frac\kappa\varepsilon\log\frac\kappa\varepsilon\right),\quad K=\Theta\!\left(\kappa\log\frac\kappa\varepsilon\right),\quad \Delta_y=\Theta\!\left(\frac\varepsilon{\sqrt{\log(\kappa/\varepsilon)}}\right),\quad \Delta_z=\Theta\!\left(\frac1{\kappa\sqrt{\log(\kappa/\varepsilon)}}\right).J=Θ(εκ​logεκ​),K=Θ(κlogεκ​),Δy​=Θ(log(κ/ε)​ε​),Δz​=Θ(κlog(κ/ε)​1​).

The Θ\ThetaΘ statements impose upper and lower bounds with absolute constants, uniformly across κ\kappaκ and ε\varepsilonε. The requested approximation error is exactly ε\varepsilonε, matching the lemma's claim. The four scales specify both the size of the finite expansion and its mesh. Childs, Kothari and Somma, Lemma 11, p. 10.

Significance

The finite sum provides the paper's Fourier route from scalar reciprocal approximation to a linear combination of time-evolution operators. Its sample counts and spacings are the quantities that enter the algorithm's implementation costs. A result that only asserted approximation after arbitrarily many samples would not express the bound used there. The truncated integral and Poisson identity also remain useful for other Gaussian quadrature and Fourier-sampling arguments. Childs, Kothari and Somma, §§3.1–3.2, pp. 11–14.

The paper proves these claims on paper. This proposal asks for machine-checked Lean proofs of the scalar statements, including the complex normalization, the finite and infinite sum conventions, and the uniform scale bounds. It does not assert that the quantum algorithm, its Hamiltonian simulation subroutines, or its query and gate complexity theorems have been formalized.

Difficulty

The infinite Gaussian Fourier representation alone does not specify a finite implementable expansion. Restricting both integrals introduces two truncation errors, while replacing them by samples adds discretization and periodic-aliasing effects. These errors have to be controlled simultaneously with JJJ, KKK, Δy\Delta_yΔy​, and Δz\Delta_zΔz​ at the scales stated in Lemma 11. Merely taking the mesh arbitrarily fine gives approximation without the theorem's finite-size bounds. The proof also uses a complex Fourier phase although its target is real, and its infinite sums must have their ordinary convergent meaning. Childs, Kothari and Somma, proof of Lemma 11, pp. 13–14.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses R\mathbb RR for x,κ,εx,\kappa,\varepsilonx,κ,ε and the cutoff and mesh parameters, C\mathbb CC for ggg and hhh, and the complex norm for closeness. Finite sums use exactly 0≤j<J0\le j<J0≤j<J and −K≤k≤K-K\le k\le K−K≤k≤K; the integral for ggg is iterated and has nonnegative upper cutoffs. The optional identity (20) is also an iterated integral, with the zzz integral evaluated before the yyy integral. Infinite sums in Lemma 13 are over Z\mathbb ZZ. The Gaussian integrals and series in the statements are convergent, so Lean's totalized integral and sum conventions do not supply artificial zero values.

The paper's condition-number convention is recorded as κ≥1\kappa\ge1κ≥1 and Corollary 10's operating range as 0<ε<1/20<\varepsilon<1/20<ε<1/2. Those conditions keep DκD_\kappaDκ​ nonempty and log⁡(κ/ε)\log(\kappa/\varepsilon)log(κ/ε) positive. The unnumbered reciprocal-exponential bound from p. 13 has x≠0x\ne0x=0 explicitly, because the printed fractions have no value at zero. The Θ\ThetaΘ bounds quantify their constants before the problem parameters. In particular, choices with unbounded sample counts or vanishing mesh widths cannot satisfy the goal solely by brute-force approximation.

A complete development needs reusable Gaussian integration and tail estimates, complex exponential identities, summability of Gaussian integer series, and Poisson summation in Mathlib's analytic setting. Contributions that establish these general facts, the stated milestones, or Lemma 11 with its original bounds all fit this scope. This mission uses the reviewed shared definition of DκD_\kappaDκ​. Childs, Kothari and Somma, pp. 9–14.

Selected references

  • A. M. Childs, R. Kothari and R. D. Somma, Quantum algorithm for systems of linear equations with exponentially improved dependence on precision, SIAM Journal on Computing 46(6), 2017; arXiv:1511.02306v2.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Markov ChainOptimal TransportProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Coupling and Convergence for Hamiltonian Monte Carlo 1: Exact HMC Contracts the Concave Kantorovich Distance W_ρ at Rate c = (1/10)·min(1, ½KT²(1+ℛ/T)e^{−ℛ/(2T)})·e^{−2ℛ/T}Research Paper

Why convergence bounds for Hamiltonian Monte Carlo matter

Hamiltonian Monte Carlo (HMC) is one of the most widely used Markov chain Monte Carlo methods for sampling from a probability density μ(dx)∝e−U(x) dx\mu(dx)\propto e^{-U(x)}\,dxμ(dx)∝e−U(x)dx on Rd\mathbb R^dRd. It is the default sampler of probabilistic programming systems such as Stan, and it is used throughout Bayesian statistics, molecular dynamics and machine learning. In practice the chain is run for a finite number of steps, and a user needs to know how many steps make its law close to μ\muμ. That requires a quantitative, dimension-explicit convergence bound.

Before the paper of Bou-Rabee, Eberle and Zimmer, such bounds were known essentially only when UUU is strongly convex everywhere: then two copies of the chain driven by the same random velocity contract deterministically (Mangoubi and Smith, arXiv:1708.07114). Bou-Rabee, Eberle and Zimmer (arXiv:1805.00452, Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(3), 2020) remove global convexity. They require UUU to be strongly convex only outside a ball, and they introduce a coupling of two HMC transitions under which a suitably concave distance contracts on average for every pair of starting points. This mission formalizes that contraction theorem for exact HMC, together with its consequence, exponential convergence in the L1L^1L1 Wasserstein distance.

Setting

Let U:Rd→RU:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb RU:Rd→R be four times continuously differentiable with ∫e−U<∞\int e^{-U}<\infty∫e−U<∞. The Hamiltonian is H(x,v)=U(x)+12∣v∣2H(x,v)=U(x)+\tfrac12|v|^2H(x,v)=U(x)+21​∣v∣2, and the exact Hamiltonian flow (qt,pt)(q_t,p_t)(qt​,pt​) solves

ddtqt=pt,ddtpt=−∇U(qt),(q0(x,v),p0(x,v))=(x,v).\tfrac{d}{dt}q_t=p_t,\qquad \tfrac{d}{dt}p_t=-\nabla U(q_t),\qquad (q_0(x,v),p_0(x,v))=(x,v).dtd​qt​=pt​,dtd​pt​=−∇U(qt​),(q0​(x,v),p0​(x,v))=(x,v).

Fix a duration T>0T>0T>0. One step of exact HMC from xxx draws a fresh velocity ξ∼N(0,Id)\xi\sim N(0,I_d)ξ∼N(0,Id​) and moves to X′(x)=qT(x,ξ)X'(x)=q_T(x,\xi)X′(x)=qT​(x,ξ); its transition kernel is π(x,⋅)=law(qT(x,ξ))\pi(x,\cdot)=\mathrm{law}(q_T(x,\xi))π(x,⋅)=law(qT​(x,ξ)), and μ\muμ is invariant for π\piπ.

Assumption 2.1 asks that (A1) UUU has a local minimum at 000 with U(0)=0U(0)=0U(0)=0; (A2) the second, third and fourth derivatives of UUU are bounded, with L=sup⁡∥∇2U∥L=\sup\|\nabla^2U\|L=sup∥∇2U∥, M=sup⁡∥∇3U∥M=\sup\|\nabla^3U\|M=sup∥∇3U∥ and N=sup⁡∥∇4U∥N=\sup\|\nabla^4U\|N=sup∥∇4U∥; and (A3) there are R≥0\mathcal R\ge0R≥0 and K>0K>0K>0 such that

(x−y)⋅(∇U(x)−∇U(y))≥K∣x−y∣2whenever ∣x−y∣≥R.(x-y)\cdot(\nabla U(x)-\nabla U(y))\ge K|x-y|^2\quad\text{whenever }|x-y|\ge\mathcal R.(x−y)⋅(∇U(x)−∇U(y))≥K∣x−y∣2whenever ∣x−y∣≥R.

The coupling. For two starting points x,yx,yx,y with z=x−yz=x-yz=x−y, e=z/∣z∣e=z/|z|e=z/∣z∣, both copies use the same ξ\xiξ. If ∣x−y∣≥2R|x-y|\ge2\mathcal R∣x−y∣≥2R the second copy also uses ξ\xiξ (synchronous coupling). If ∣x−y∣<2R|x-y|<2\mathcal R∣x−y∣<2R it uses

η={ξ+γzif U~≤φ0,1(e⋅ξ+γ∣z∣)/φ0,1(e⋅ξ),ξ−2(e⋅ξ)eotherwise,\eta=\begin{cases}\xi+\gamma z&\text{if }\tilde{\mathcal U}\le\varphi_{0,1}(e\cdot\xi+\gamma|z|)/\varphi_{0,1}(e\cdot\xi),\\ \xi-2(e\cdot\xi)e&\text{otherwise,}\end{cases}η={ξ+γzξ−2(e⋅ξ)e​if U~≤φ0,1​(e⋅ξ+γ∣z∣)/φ0,1​(e⋅ξ),otherwise,​

with U~∼Unif(0,1)\tilde{\mathcal U}\sim\mathrm{Unif}(0,1)U~∼Unif(0,1) independent of ξ\xiξ and φ0,1\varphi_{0,1}φ0,1​ the standard normal density. This is a maximal coupling of N(0,Id)N(0,I_d)N(0,Id​) with its shift by γz\gamma zγz, completed by a reflection. The coupled positions are X′=qT(x,ξ)X'=q_T(x,\xi)X′=qT​(x,ξ) and Y′=qT(y,η)Y'=q_T(y,\eta)Y′=qT​(y,η), with R′(x,y)=∣X′−Y′∣R'(x,y)=|X'-Y'|R′(x,y)=∣X′−Y′∣.

The distance and the parameters. With γ=min⁡(T−1,R−1/4)\gamma=\min(T^{-1},\mathcal R^{-1}/4)γ=min(T−1,R−1/4), a=T−1a=T^{-1}a=T−1 and R1=52(R+T)R_1=\tfrac52(\mathcal R+T)R1​=25​(R+T), set

f(r)=∫0re−amin⁡(s,R1) ds,ρ(x,y)=f(∣x−y∣),f(r)=\int_0^r e^{-a\min(s,R_1)}\,ds,\qquad \rho(x,y)=f(|x-y|),f(r)=∫0r​e−amin(s,R1​)ds,ρ(x,y)=f(∣x−y∣),

and let Wρ(ν,η)=inf⁡γ∈C(ν,η)∫ρ dγ\mathcal W_\rho(\nu,\eta)=\inf_{\gamma\in C(\nu,\eta)}\int\rho\,d\gammaWρ​(ν,η)=infγ∈C(ν,η)​∫ρdγ be the Kantorovich distance over couplings C(ν,η)C(\nu,\eta)C(ν,η).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3

Under Assumption 2.1 and LT2≤min⁡(K/L,14,116Λ)LT^2\le\min(K/L,\tfrac14,\tfrac1{16\Lambda})LT2≤min(K/L,41​,16Λ1​) with Λ=16LR2\Lambda=16L\mathcal R^2Λ=16LR2, for all x,y∈Rdx,y\in\mathbb R^dx,y∈Rd,

E[f(R′(x,y))]≤(1−c) f(∣x−y∣),c=110min⁡(1,12KT2(1+RT)e−R/(2T))e−2R/T.E\bigl[f(R'(x,y))\bigr]\le(1-c)\,f(|x-y|),\qquad c=\frac1{10}\min\Bigl(1,\frac12KT^2\Bigl(1+\frac{\mathcal R}{T}\Bigr)e^{-\mathcal R/(2T)}\Bigr)e^{-2\mathcal R/T}.E[f(R′(x,y))]≤(1−c)f(∣x−y∣),c=101​min(1,21​KT2(1+TR​)e−R/(2T))e−2R/T.

This is the paper's main result for exact HMC, stated with its own constants.

Milestones (in the order of the proof)

  1. (112)–(116): the parameter inequalities γT≤1\gamma T\le1γT≤1, LT≤γ/4LT\le\gamma/4LT≤γ/4, γR≤14\gamma\mathcal R\le\tfrac14γR≤41​, aT≥1aT\ge1aT≥1, R1≥52(1+γT)RR_1\ge\tfrac52(1+\gamma T)\mathcal RR1​≥25​(1+γT)R.
  2. Lemma 3.4 (h=0h=0h=0): ∣qt(x,v)−qt(y,v)∣2≤(1−Kt2/2)∣x−y∣2|q_t(x,v)-q_t(y,v)|^2\le(1-Kt^2/2)|x-y|^2∣qt​(x,v)−qt​(y,v)∣2≤(1−Kt2/2)∣x−y∣2 for ∣x−y∣≥2R|x-y|\ge2\mathcal R∣x−y∣≥2R.
  3. Theorem 2.1: the synchronous coupling contracts far-apart points, R′2≤(1−12KT2)r2R'^2\le(1-\tfrac12KT^2)r^2R′2≤(1−21​KT2)r2.
  4. (119)–(120): inf⁡r>0rf′(r)/f(r)≥max⁡(1,aR1)e−aR1\inf_{r>0}rf'(r)/f(r)\ge\max(1,aR_1)e^{-aR_1}infr>0​rf′(r)/f(r)≥max(1,aR1​)e−aR1​, and the resulting bound on c1c_1c1​.
  5. Lemma 3.2 (h=0h=0h=0): first-variation bounds for the flow.
  6. Term I: on {η=ξ+γz}\{\eta=\xi+\gamma z\}{η=ξ+γz}, R′≤(1−34γT)rR'\le(1-\tfrac34\gamma T)rR′≤(1−43​γT)r.
  7. Lemma 3.7 (62): P[ξ−η≠−γz]≤∣γz∣/2πP[\xi-\eta\ne-\gamma z]\le|\gamma z|/\sqrt{2\pi}P[ξ−η=−γz]≤∣γz∣/2π​.
  8. (123): the truncated loss on the reflection event is at most (γT/2π) rf′(r)(\gamma T/\sqrt{2\pi})\,rf'(r)(γT/2π​)rf′(r).
  9. Term III: E[(R′−R1)+; ξ−η≠−γz]≤54γrTE[(R'-R_1)^+;\,\xi-\eta\ne-\gamma z]\le\tfrac54\gamma rTE[(R′−R1​)+;ξ−η=−γz]≤45​γrT.
  10. (127): 15γTmax⁡(1,2aR)e−2aR≥110e−2R/T\tfrac15\gamma T\max(1,2a\mathcal R)e^{-2a\mathcal R}\ge\tfrac1{10}e^{-2\mathcal R/T}51​γTmax(1,2aR)e−2aR≥101​e−2R/T.

Companions

The coupling property (η∼N(0,Id)\eta\sim N(0,I_d)η∼N(0,Id​), p. 9), Corollary 2.8 (Wρ(νπn,ηπn)≤e−cnWρ(ν,η)\mathcal W_\rho(\nu\pi^n,\eta\pi^n)\le e^{-cn}\mathcal W_\rho(\nu,\eta)Wρ​(νπn,ηπn)≤e−cnWρ​(ν,η), the W1\mathcal W^1W1 bound with factor M=e52(1+R/T)M=e^{\frac52(1+\mathcal R/T)}M=e25​(1+R/T), and the step count (41)), and the comparison (133), e−aR1∣x−y∣≤ρ(x,y)≤∣x−y∣e^{-aR_1}|x-y|\le\rho(x,y)\le|x-y|e−aR1​∣x−y∣≤ρ(x,y)≤∣x−y∣.

Significance

Theorem 2.3 gives a contraction rate for exact HMC that depends on ddd only through the constants LLL, KKK and R\mathcal RR of the potential, and that holds without global convexity. Through the coupling characterization of Wρ\mathcal W_\rhoWρ​ it yields Corollary 2.8, an explicit number of steps after which the law of the chain is within ϵ\epsilonϵ of μ\muμ in W1\mathcal W^1W1. The same coupling and concave-distance technique underlies the paper's results for numerical (velocity Verlet) HMC and later work on Langevin and HMC couplings.

The theorems are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. Formalizing them requires the Hamiltonian ODE flow and its first-variation estimates, a Gaussian maximal/reflection coupling, and the transfer from one-step contraction to Kantorovich contraction of Markov kernels. Each of these is reusable well beyond HMC. A formal development also settles the constants. Three printed displays of the proof are not delivered by the printed argument, and Theorem 2.1 as printed is false, while the goal itself survives: see Formalization scope.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails for nearby points. When ∣x−y∣<2R|x-y|<2\mathcal R∣x−y∣<2R, UUU may be non-convex between them, and the synchronous coupling can push the two trajectories apart. The coupling must therefore change the velocity of one copy, and doing so makes the contraction only hold on average, on the event η=ξ+γz\eta=\xi+\gamma zη=ξ+γz. On the complementary reflection event the distance can grow, and the growth must be paid for by the concavity of fff, through the truncation at R1R_1R1​ and the tail term. Balancing these terms, uniformly in xxx, yyy and ddd, is the heart of the proof. For far-apart points the difficulty is different: the contraction of Lemma 3.4 needs the trajectories to stay outside the non-convex region over the whole time interval, which is where the condition LT2<K/LLT^2<K/LLT2<K/L enters.

Formalization scope

  • Space and objects. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); ∇U\nabla U∇U is Mathlib's gradient, and ∇kU\nabla^kU∇kU is iteratedFDeriv. L,M,NL,M,NL,M,N are upper bounds on the derivative norms, which is equivalent for every statement here. The flow is pinned by a predicate on (q,p)(q,p)(q,p) (initial values and the ODE for all t∈Rt\in\mathbb Rt∈R); it is never a free function. Assumption 2.1 includes the standing hypotheses of §2.1: U∈C4U\in C^4U∈C4, ∫e−U<∞\int e^{-U}<\infty∫e−U<∞, and TTT deterministic.
  • Probability. The randomness of one step is (ξ,U~)(\xi,\tilde{\mathcal U})(ξ,U~) with law N(0,Id)⊗Unif(0,1)N(0,I_d)\otimes\mathrm{Unif}(0,1)N(0,Id​)⊗Unif(0,1). Expectations of nonnegative quantities are Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The signed expectation in (123) uses a Bochner integral together with an explicit integrability conclusion, so no bound can hold because a non-integrable integral is read as 000. Kantorovich distances take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] over the published set of couplings MongeKantorovichYao.transferencePlans. The nnn-step kernel is the iterated composition πn+1=π∘πn\pi^{n+1}=\pi\circ\pi^nπn+1=π∘πn.
  • Conventions at R=0\mathcal R=0R=0. γ\gammaγ is T−1T^{-1}T−1 and LT2≤1/(16Λ)LT^2\le1/(16\Lambda)LT2≤1/(16Λ) is written 256L2R2T2≤1256L^2\mathcal R^2T^2\le1256L2R2T2≤1, so that no division by zero decides a constant.
  • Corrections. The strict condition (56) in Lemma 3.4 is written L2t2<KL^2t^2<KL2t2<K, which preserves its meaning at L=0L=0L=0. Theorem 2.1 is stated as its proof delivers it, R′2≤(1−12KT2)r2R'^2\le(1-\tfrac12KT^2)r^2R′2≤(1−21​KT2)r2. The printed R′≤(1−12KT2)rR'\le(1-\tfrac12KT^2)rR′≤(1−21​KT2)r fails for U(x)=12∣x∣2U(x)=\tfrac12|x|^2U(x)=21​∣x∣2, where R′=∣cos⁡T∣ rR'=|\cos T|\,rR′=∣cosT∣r. The displays (117), (122), the last inequality of (124), and (126) are not posed, because the printed argument does not deliver their constants. The goal's rate ccc of (32) is nevertheless unaffected: under the step condition and d≥1d\ge1d≥1, c=120KT2(1+R/T)e−5R/(2T)c=\tfrac1{20}KT^2(1+\mathcal R/T)e^{-5\mathcal R/(2T)}c=201​KT2(1+R/T)e−5R/(2T), which lies below both corrected rates c1c_1c1​ and c2c_2c2​.
  • Ruled out. The goal is not trivialized by a vacuous hypothesis: the hypotheses are met by U(x)=12∣x∣2U(x)=\tfrac12|x|^2U(x)=21​∣x∣2, L=K=1L=K=1L=K=1, R=0\mathcal R=0R=0, T=12T=\tfrac12T=21​. Nor is it trivialized by a junk value: fff, R′R'R′ and the integral are genuine, and the flow is the unique solution of the ODE.
  • Contributions welcome. Gronwall-type first-variation bounds for Lipschitz Hamiltonian flows, the Gaussian maximal/reflection coupling (Lemma 3.7 and the coupling property), and the general passage from a one-step average contraction to Wρ\mathcal W_\rhoWρ​ contraction of a Markov kernel.

Selected references

  • N. Bou-Rabee, A. Eberle, R. Zimmer, Coupling and convergence for Hamiltonian Monte Carlo, Ann. Appl. Probab. 30(3), 2020. arXiv:1805.00452, doi:10.1214/19-AAP1528
  • O. Mangoubi, A. Smith, Rapid mixing of Hamiltonian Monte Carlo on strongly log-concave distributions, 2017. arXiv:1708.07114
  • A. Eberle, Reflection couplings and contraction rates for diffusions, Probab. Theory Related Fields 166, 2016. arXiv:1305.1233
  • A. Eberle, A. Guillin, R. Zimmer, Couplings and quantitative contraction rates for Langevin dynamics, Ann. Probab. 47(4), 2019. arXiv:1703.01617
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Error Bounds, Quadratic Growth, and Linear Convergence of Proximal Methods III: For Convex-Composite Problems, Subdifferential Subregularity Is Equivalent to the Prox-Linear Error BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization models minimize a smooth transformation followed by a nonsmooth penalty. A penalty may encourage sparse coefficients, restrict a feasible region, or measure deviation from observed data. Even when the penalty is convex, its composition with a nonlinear map need not be convex. This makes a standard convex optimality certificate unavailable, while numerical methods still need a way to judge whether a small step means that an iterate is close to a stationary solution. Drusvyatskiy and Lewis study this question for the prox-linear method, which repeatedly solves a convex approximation of the composite objective (Drusvyatskiy and Lewis, 2016, §5).

The paper establishes several links among step lengths, near-stationarity, local error bounds, and rates of convergence. The result selected here is Theorem 5.10: a local error bound expressed through the prox-linear step is equivalent, with stated constants, to subregularity of the composite subdifferential. This comparison lets analysts use whichever of the two properties is easier to verify for a given model (Theorem 5.10, p. 20).

Setting

Work in Euclidean spaces Rn\mathbb R^nRn and Rm\mathbb R^mRm. A convex-composite objective has the form φ(x)=g(x)+h(c(x))\varphi(x)=g(x)+h(c(x))φ(x)=g(x)+h(c(x)). Here g:Rn→R‾g:\mathbb R^n\to\overline{\mathbb R}g:Rn→R is proper, closed, and convex; h:Rm→Rh:\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rh:Rm→R is finite-valued and convex; and c:Rn→Rmc:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mc:Rn→Rm is continuously differentiable. The value +∞+\infty+∞ of ggg can exclude points from its domain. The paper defines the relevant composite subdifferential by

∂φ(x):=∂g(x)+∇c(x)∗∂h(c(x)),\partial\varphi(x):=\partial g(x)+\nabla c(x)^*\partial h(c(x)),∂φ(x):=∂g(x)+∇c(x)∗∂h(c(x)),

and calls xxx stationary when 0∈∂φ(x)0\in\partial\varphi(x)0∈∂φ(x). These are the paper's definitions on p. 13; the subdifferential is not replaced by a different generalized derivative (§5, p. 13).

At a current point xxx, the method substitutes the affine approximation c(x)+∇c(x)(y−x)c(x)+\nabla c(x)(y-x)c(x)+∇c(x)(y−x) for c(y)c(y)c(y). It then minimizes the prox-linear subproblem

φt(x;y)=g(y)+h(c(x)+∇c(x)(y−x))+∥x−y∥22t,t>0.\varphi_t(x;y)=g(y)+h(c(x)+\nabla c(x)(y-x))+\frac{\|x-y\|^2}{2t},\qquad t>0.φt​(x;y)=g(y)+h(c(x)+∇c(x)(y−x))+2t∥x−y∥2​,t>0.

Write its unique minimizer as xtx^txt and the prox-gradient as Gt(x)=t−1(x−xt)\mathcal G_t(x)=t^{-1}(x-x^t)Gt​(x)=t−1(x−xt). Under the stated assumptions, a zero prox-gradient is equivalent to stationarity. The quantitative estimates additionally assume that hhh is LLL-Lipschitz and that the Jacobian ∇c\nabla c∇c is β\betaβ-Lipschitz, with L,β≥0L,\beta\ge0L,β≥0 (§5, p. 14).

For a set-valued mapping FFF, subregularity at a graph point (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) with constant l>0l>0l>0 means that some neighborhood X\mathcal XX of xˉ\bar xxˉ satisfies

dist⁡(x,F−1(yˉ))≤ldist⁡(yˉ,F(x))(x∈X).\operatorname{dist}(x,F^{-1}(\bar y))\le l\operatorname{dist}(\bar y,F(x)) \qquad(x\in\mathcal X).dist(x,F−1(yˉ​))≤ldist(yˉ​,F(x))(x∈X).

The error bound in this mission applies this definition to F=GtF=\mathcal G_tF=Gt​ and yˉ=0\bar y=0yˉ​=0. The other instance is F=∂φF=\partial\varphiF=∂φ (Definition 5.7, p. 19).

Formalization targets

The goal is the two-way quantitative statement of Theorem 5.10. If xˉ\bar xxˉ is stationary and t>0t>0t>0, then

Gt subregular at (xˉ,0) with l^⟹∂φ subregular there with 2l^,\mathcal G_t\text{ subregular at }(\bar x,0)\text{ with }\hat l \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \partial\varphi\text{ subregular there with }2\hat l,Gt​ subregular at (xˉ,0) with l^⟹∂φ subregular there with 2l^,

and

∂φ subregular there with l⟹Gt subregular there with (3Lβt+2)l+2t.\partial\varphi\text{ subregular there with }l \quad\Longrightarrow\quad \mathcal G_t\text{ subregular there with }(3L\beta t+2)l+2t.∂φ subregular there with l⟹Gt​ subregular there with (3Lβt+2)l+2t.

The milestone list follows the paper's quantitative statements: the quadratic comparison (5.2), the gradient inequalities (5.3)–(5.5) of Lemma 5.1, Ekeland's variational principle as Theorem 5.2, the zero-step stationarity claim, the nearby near-stationary point of Theorem 5.3, and the step-length comparison (5.7) from Theorem 5.6. A final companion milestone is the per-step decrease (5.6), φ(xk+1)≤φ(xk)−12Lβ∥Gt(xk)∥2\varphi(x_{k+1})\le\varphi(x_k)-\frac{1}{2L\beta}\|\mathcal G_t(x_k)\|^2φ(xk+1​)≤φ(xk​)−2Lβ1​∥Gt​(xk​)∥2, stated at t=1/(Lβ)t=1/(L\beta)t=1/(Lβ). The Ekeland result is an existing proved platform theorem, included by reference. The other targets are the paper's claims in their original order of dependence (§5, pp. 14–20).

Significance

The theorem turns an algorithmic condition, measured by a computed step, into a local property of the objective's first-order geometry. The constants specify how an error bound changes when moved between the two descriptions. In a convergence analysis, either condition can be established and then used through the other formulation without losing track of its quantitative dependence on LLL, β\betaβ, and ttt. The result does not require a convex composite objective, only the convexity of ggg and hhh and the stated smoothness of ccc (Theorem 5.10, p. 20).

The mathematical theorem was proved in the cited paper. The remaining work here is a machine-checked development of its composite subdifferential, the prox-linear argmin, the local subregularity estimates, and the comparison theorem. A general version of Ekeland's variational principle already has a machine-checked proof on Prove2Me; the prox-linear claims in this proposal are open proof targets. The definitions and estimates can also support later formalizations of prox-linear convergence, including the rate results in §§5–6, without building the algorithm into the statement of Theorem 5.10.

Difficulty

The prox-linear step is computed from a convex local model, while the quantity whose stationarity is sought belongs to the original nonlinear composite objective. A small displacement from xxx to xtx^txt alone does not directly give a small subgradient at xxx: the model and the original objective have different first-order behavior away from their common base point. Theorem 5.3 addresses a nearby point x^\hat xx^ and supplies both a distance estimate and a subgradient estimate. Passing from those estimates to a neighborhood-wide error bound is the central issue, especially because the neighborhoods in the definition of subregularity are local to xˉ\bar xxˉ (Theorem 5.3, p. 16; Theorem 5.10, p. 20).

Formalization scope

The Lean carrier is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); dimensions zero are allowed. Objective values use EReal, and properness explicitly excludes −∞-\infty−∞ and requires at least one finite point. Closedness is lower semicontinuity. The real-valued hhh is embedded into EReal only when forming objective values. The Jacobian is fderiv, and its adjoint represents ∇c(x)∗\nabla c(x)^*∇c(x)∗. The prox-linear point is an argmin predicate, so its definition does not depend on an arbitrary choice of minimizer.

The prox-gradient is represented as a set-valued map through those argmin points. Subregularity uses a neighborhood filter and requires the base graph point and a positive constant. Distance to an empty image on the right side is treated as +∞+\infty+∞ through a universal bound over its members. The inverse image on the left is nonempty because it contains the base point. In Theorem 5.3, the upper bound on distance to the subdifferential is represented by an attained subgradient; the subdifferential in this convex-composite setting is closed. These choices preserve the paper's claims at empty sets and extended-real values.

The goal retains every positive step size ttt. The companion (5.6) is stated at t=1/(Lβ)t=1/(L\beta)t=1/(Lβ) with L,β>0L,\beta>0L,β>0: the page announces it for t≤1/(Lβ)t\le 1/(L\beta)t≤1/(Lβ), but for c(x)=x2/2c(x)=x^2/2c(x)=x2/2, h(r)=rh(r)=rh(r)=r, g=0g=0g=0 the decrease is only 2t−t22xk2<12xk2\frac{2t-t^2}{2}x_k^2<\frac12x_k^222t−t2​xk2​<21​xk2​ when t<1t<1t<1. The linear-rate Theorem 5.5 and the results of §6 are not part of this mission. The first-order and step-length milestones do not require the LLL and β\betaβ assumptions, matching the paper's first sentences. Contributions that establish the argmin properties, the distance conventions, the quantitative milestones, or the final two implications are within scope. A vacuous restriction to points already stationary would miss the neighborhood-wide error bound and is excluded.

Selected references

  • D. Drusvyatskiy and A. S. Lewis, Error bounds, quadratic growth, and linear convergence of proximal methods, Mathematics of Operations Research 43(3), 2018. arXiv:1602.06661v2
  • I. Ekeland, On the variational principle, Journal of Mathematical Analysis and Applications 47, 1974, 324–353. doi:10.1016/0022-247X(74)90025-0
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Primal-Dual Active Set Strategy as a Semismooth Newton Method IV: Global Convergence for Small Perturbations of M-MatricesResearch Paper

Motivation

Obstacle problems, contact problems and control-constrained optimal control problems lead, after discretization, to complementarity systems of the form "find y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ and λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 with Ay+λ=fAy + \lambda = fAy+λ=f and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i(y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0". The primal-dual active set strategy solves such systems by guessing which constraints are active, solving one linear system, and updating the guess. Each iteration costs a single linear solve, and in practice the method stops after few iterations.

Hintermüller, Ito and Kunisch (SIAM J. Optim. 13(3), 2002; authors' version hal-01660511v1) showed that the strategy is a semismooth Newton method for a reformulation of the complementarity system through a max-function, which gives local superlinear convergence. For convergence from arbitrary initial data the paper gives three sufficient conditions on the matrix. The first is that AAA is an M-matrix (Theorem 3.2), a class that many discretized second-order elliptic operators belong to. The M-matrix property is not stable under small perturbations: off-diagonal entries may become positive (p. 10). Theorem 3.4, the subject of this mission, shows that global convergence nevertheless survives small perturbations of an M-matrix. The paper notes that this also makes it relevant for numerical implementations.

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0, vectors f,ψ∈Rnf, \psi \in \mathbb{R}^nf,ψ∈Rn and a parameter c>0c > 0c>0. Vectors are ordered componentwise. For a matrix A∈Rn×nA \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times n}A∈Rn×n the problem is

Ay+λ=f,λ−max⁡(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,(3.1)Ay + \lambda = f, \qquad \lambda - \max\big(0, \lambda + c(y - \psi)\big) = 0, \tag{3.1}Ay+λ=f,λ−max(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,(3.1)

with the maximum taken componentwise. The paper writes AAA for the matrix and calligraphic A\mathcal{A}A, I\mathcal{I}I for the active and inactive index sets.

The primal-dual active set algorithm starts from an arbitrary pair (y0,λ0)(y^0, \lambda^0)(y0,λ0). Given (yk,λk)(y^k, \lambda^k)(yk,λk) it sets

Ak={i:λik+c(yik−ψi)>0},Ik={i:λik+c(yik−ψi)≤0},\mathcal{A}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k_i - \psi_i) > 0 \}, \qquad \mathcal{I}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k_i - \psi_i) \le 0 \},Ak​={i:λik​+c(yik​−ψi​)>0},Ik​={i:λik​+c(yik​−ψi​)≤0},

and determines (yk+1,λk+1)(y^{k+1}, \lambda^{k+1})(yk+1,λk+1) from

Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak,λk+1=0 on Ik.Ay^{k+1} + \lambda^{k+1} = f, \qquad y^{k+1} = \psi \text{ on } \mathcal{A}_k, \qquad \lambda^{k+1} = 0 \text{ on } \mathcal{I}_k .Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak​,λk+1=0 on Ik​.

For an index set I⊆{1,…,n}\mathcal{I} \subseteq \{1,\dots,n\}I⊆{1,…,n} with complement A\mathcal{A}A, AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is the principal submatrix of AAA on I\mathcal{I}I and AIAA_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}AIA​ the block with rows in I\mathcal{I}I and columns in A\mathcal{A}A. The step above is uniquely solvable exactly when AIkA_{\mathcal{I}_k}AIk​​ is invertible.

A square matrix MMM is an M-matrix if it is nonsingular, mij≤0m_{ij} \le 0mij​≤0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j, and M−1≥0M^{-1} \ge 0M−1≥0 entrywise. For a rectangular matrix BBB, ∥B∥1\|B\|_1∥B∥1​ is the matrix norm subordinate to the one-norms on both spaces, i.e. the maximal absolute column sum ∥B∥1=max⁡j∑i∣bij∣\|B\|_1 = \max_j \sum_i |b_{ij}|∥B∥1​=maxj​∑i​∣bij​∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4

Let MMM be an M-matrix. There is ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 such that for every KKK with ∥K∥1<ε\|K\|_1 < \varepsilon∥K∥1​<ε, every f,ψf, \psif,ψ and every c>0c > 0c>0, with A=M+KA = M + KA=M+K:

  1. (3.1) has exactly one solution x∗=(y∗,λ∗)x^* = (y^*, \lambda^*)x∗=(y∗,λ∗);
  2. the algorithm is well-defined: from every (yk,λk)(y^k, \lambda^k)(yk,λk) the step has exactly one solution;
  3. for arbitrary initial data,
lim⁡k→∞(yk,λk)=(y∗,λ∗).\lim_{k\to\infty} (y^k, \lambda^k) = (y^*, \lambda^*).k→∞lim​(yk,λk)=(y∗,λ∗).

The threshold ε\varepsilonε is left unspecified; the theorem asserts only its existence.

Milestones (the steps of the paper's proof)

  • Principal submatrices MIM_{\mathcal{I}}MI​ of an M-matrix are nonsingular M-matrices.
  • With ρ≥∥MI−1KI∥1\rho \ge \|M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}}\|_1ρ≥∥MI−1​KI​∥1​ for every I\mathcal{I}I and ρ<12\rho < \tfrac12ρ<21​, every AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is invertible and
AI−1=(II+∑i=1∞(−MI−1KI)i)MI−1.A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} = \Big(I_{\mathcal{I}} + \sum_{i=1}^{\infty}\big(-M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}}\big)^i\Big) M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}.AI−1​=(II​+i=1∑∞​(−MI−1​KI​)i)MI−1​.
  • Under the same hypothesis, for v≤0v \le 0v≤0, ∑i∈I(−AI−1v)i≥1−2ρ1−ρ ∥MI−1v∥1\sum_{i\in\mathcal{I}} \big(-A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}v\big)_i \ge \frac{1-2\rho}{1-\rho}\,\|M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}v\|_1∑i∈I​(−AI−1​v)i​≥1−ρ1−2ρ​∥MI−1​v∥1​.
  • Whenever AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is invertible, entrywise AI−1AIA≤MI−1KIA−MI−1KI(M+K)I−1AIAA_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} \le M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} - M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}K_{\mathcal{I}}(M+K)_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}AI−1​AIA​≤MI−1​KIA​−MI−1​KI​(M+K)I−1​AIA​.
  • For ∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ small (uniformly in f,ψ,cf, \psi, cf,ψ,c) and k≥1k \ge 1k≥1: ∑iyik+1<∑iyik\sum_i y^{k+1}_i < \sum_i y^k_i∑i​yik+1​<∑i​yik​ unless yk+1=yky^{k+1} = y^kyk+1=yk, so M(y)=∑iyi\mathcal{M}(y) = \sum_i y_iM(y)=∑i​yi​ is a merit function.

A companion statement records the paper's remark after the theorem: for ∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ small, M+KM + KM+K is a P-matrix.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 makes global convergence depend on a sign pattern, which a perturbation of any size can destroy. Theorem 3.4 replaces the sign pattern by a neighbourhood: every matrix close enough to an M-matrix in ∥⋅∥1\|\cdot\|_1∥⋅∥1​ inherits unique solvability of (3.1), well-posedness of every iteration, and convergence from every starting point. As the paper observes, solvability of (3.1) for every fff is equivalent to AAA being a P-matrix (Berman–Plemmons, Thm. 10.2.15), so the theorem also yields a sufficient condition for the P-matrix property.

Formalizing it. The paper's argument is a short sketch that refers back to the proof of Theorem 3.3 and asserts that "∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ can be chosen sufficiently small". A formalization makes the uniformity of that choice explicit (it depends only on MMM), checks the strict decrease of the merit function including its equality case, and fixes the role of the first iterate, from which the sign facts used in (3.8) hold. To our knowledge none of the three global convergence theorems of the paper has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is to transfer Theorem 3.2 by continuity. It fails because the M-matrix proof is monotonicity-based: it shows y∗≤yk+1≤yky^* \le y^{k+1} \le y^ky∗≤yk+1≤yk, and that ordering uses AI−1≥0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} \ge 0AI−1​≥0 and AIA≤0A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} \le 0AIA​≤0, sign conditions that a perturbation breaks immediately. What survives is weaker: a scalar merit function ∑iyi\sum_i y_i∑i​yi​ whose decrease must be quantified. The perturbation has to be controlled uniformly over all 2n2^n2n index sets, both in the multiplier term (where the decrease must remain strict whenever λIk≠0\lambda^k_{\mathcal{I}} \ne 0λIk​=0) and in the coupling term AI−1AIA(yk−ψ)AA_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}(y^k-\psi)_{\mathcal{A}}AI−1​AIA​(yk−ψ)A​, whose positive part must be absorbed by −∑A(yik−ψi)-\sum_{\mathcal{A}}(y^k_i - \psi_i)−∑A​(yik​−ψi​). Finally, strict decrease of a merit function does not by itself give convergence; the finiteness of the possible active sets must be combined with it.

Formalization scope

Vectors are Fin n → ℝ and matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ; index sets are Finset (Fin n) and blocks are submatrices along subtype inclusions. Conventions committed to:

  • ∥B∥1\|B\|_1∥B∥1​ is the maximal absolute column sum, computed as a supremum in R≥0\mathbb{R}_{\ge0}R≥0​, equal to 000 for a matrix with no columns; it is not the entrywise sum or another operator norm;
  • the M-matrix predicate requires nonsingularity explicitly (IsUnit of the determinant), because Lean's inverse of a singular matrix is 000; it is stated for any finite index type so that it applies to principal blocks;
  • "∥K∥1\|K\|_1∥K∥1​ sufficiently small" is one ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 depending only on MMM (and nnn), quantified before fff, ψ\psiψ, ccc and the initial data;
  • a step is a relation and a run is an infinite sequence of steps from arbitrary initial data; step (iv)'s "Stop" is not modelled;
  • the convergence conclusion is stated for every solution of (3.1), which by the first conclusion is the solution; convergence is in the product topology;
  • the merit-function milestone holds from k=1k = 1k=1 on, as in the paper.

The goal does not assume that M+KM + KM+K is a P-matrix, that its principal blocks are invertible, that ρ<12\rho < \tfrac12ρ<21​, or that the merit function decreases: all of these are consequences. A version with ε\varepsilonε chosen after fff, ψ\psiψ, ccc or the run, or with any of these as hypotheses, would be trivial or different and is ruled out. Well-definedness is a conclusion, so runs from every initial pair exist and the convergence conclusion is not vacuous.

In the g-estimate, the page's final ∥M−1λIk∥1\|M^{-1}\lambda^k_{\mathcal{I}}\|_1∥M−1λIk​∥1​ is a misprint for ∥MI−1λIk∥1\|M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}\lambda^k_{\mathcal{I}}\|_1∥MI−1​λIk​∥1​; the statement uses MI−1M_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1}MI−1​.

A complete development needs: principal submatrices of M-matrices, Neumann series for matrices with the column-sum norm, the block form of one step and the identity (3.8), the sign facts λk≤0\lambda^k \le 0λk≤0 on Ik\mathcal{I}_kIk​ and yk≥ψy^k \ge \psiyk≥ψ on Ak\mathcal{A}_kAk​ for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, and continuity of principal minors for the P-matrix statement. The M-matrix and Neumann-series lemmas are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, of the companion, or of the goal through another argument are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Hintermüller, K. Ito, K. Kunisch, The primal-dual active set strategy as a semismooth Newton method, SIAM J. Optim. 13(3):865–888, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383558 ; authors' version https://hal.science/hal-01660511v1
  • A. Berman, R. J. Plemmons, Nonnegative Matrices in the Mathematical Sciences, Academic Press, 1979 (SIAM Classics reprint 1994). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971262
  • R. H. W. Hoppe, Multigrid algorithms for variational inequalities, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 24:1046–1065, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1137/0724069
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

The Primal-Dual Active Set Strategy as a Semismooth Newton Method II: Global Convergence and Monotonicity for M-MatricesResearch Paper

Motivation

Obstacle problems, contact problems and box-constrained quadratic programs share one finite-dimensional core: the linear complementarity problem "find y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ and λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 with Ay+λ=fAy + \lambda = fAy+λ=f and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i(y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0". After discretization by finite differences or piecewise linear finite elements, the matrix AAA is typically an M-matrix, which is why this class sits at the centre of the numerical analysis of variational inequalities.

The primal-dual active set strategy solves such problems by guessing which constraints are active, solving one linear system on that guess, and updating the guess from the new primal and dual values. Hintermüller, Ito and Kunisch (SIAM J. Optim. 13 (2002) 865–888; authors' version hal-01660511) showed that this strategy is a semismooth Newton method for a nonsmooth reformulation of the problem. Local superlinear convergence then follows from Newton theory. This mission concerns the paper's global result: for M-matrices the method converges from every starting point, and its primal iterates decrease monotonically. A related global result for a purely primal active set method appears in Hoppe's 1987 analysis of multigrid methods for obstacle problems, which the paper cites as [H].

Setting

Fix n≥0n \ge 0n≥0, a matrix A∈Rn×nA \in \mathbb{R}^{n\times n}A∈Rn×n, vectors f,ψ∈Rnf, \psi \in \mathbb{R}^nf,ψ∈Rn and a constant c>0c > 0c>0. Vectors are compared componentwise. The paper writes AAA for the matrix and calligraphic A\mathcal{A}A, I\mathcal{I}I for index sets; Lean uses A for the matrix and activeSet for A\mathcal{A}A.

Problem (3.1). Find (y,λ)∈Rn×Rn(y, \lambda) \in \mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^n(y,λ)∈Rn×Rn with

Ay+λ=f,λ−max⁡(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,Ay + \lambda = f, \qquad \lambda - \max(0, \lambda + c(y - \psi)) = 0,Ay+λ=f,λ−max(0,λ+c(y−ψ))=0,

the maximum taken componentwise. For c>0c > 0c>0 the second equation says exactly y≤ψy \le \psiy≤ψ, λ≥0\lambda \ge 0λ≥0 and λi(yi−ψi)=0\lambda_i (y_i - \psi_i) = 0λi​(yi​−ψi​)=0 for every iii.

M-matrix. AAA is an M-matrix if it is nonsingular, its off-diagonal entries satisfy aij≤0a_{ij} \le 0aij​≤0 for i≠ji \ne ji=j, and its inverse is entrywise nonnegative, A−1≥0A^{-1} \ge 0A−1≥0.

Blocks. For an index set I\mathcal{I}I with complement A\mathcal{A}A, AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is the principal submatrix with rows and columns in I\mathcal{I}I, and AIAA_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}}AIA​ the submatrix with rows in I\mathcal{I}I and columns in A\mathcal{A}A.

The algorithm. Start from arbitrary (y0,λ0)(y^0, \lambda^0)(y0,λ0). Given (yk,λk)(y^k, \lambda^k)(yk,λk), let

Ak={i:λik+c(yk−ψ)i>0},Ik={i:λik+c(yk−ψ)i≤0},\mathcal{A}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k - \psi)_i > 0\}, \qquad \mathcal{I}_k = \{ i : \lambda^k_i + c(y^k - \psi)_i \le 0\},Ak​={i:λik​+c(yk−ψ)i​>0},Ik​={i:λik​+c(yk−ψ)i​≤0},

and let (yk+1,λk+1)(y^{k+1}, \lambda^{k+1})(yk+1,λk+1) solve

Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak,λk+1=0 on Ik.Ay^{k+1} + \lambda^{k+1} = f, \qquad y^{k+1} = \psi \text{ on } \mathcal{A}_k, \qquad \lambda^{k+1} = 0 \text{ on } \mathcal{I}_k.Ayk+1+λk+1=f,yk+1=ψ on Ak​,λk+1=0 on Ik​.

A sequence obeying this rule for every kkk is a run. The solution of (3.1) is written x∗=(y∗,λ∗)x^* = (y^*, \lambda^*)x∗=(y∗,λ∗) and the iterates xk=(yk,λk)x^k = (y^k, \lambda^k)xk=(yk,λk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2 (p. 7)

If AAA is an M-matrix, then for arbitrary initial data

xk→x∗,y∗≤yk+1≤yk  for all k≥1,yk≤ψ  for all k≥2.x^k \to x^*, \qquad y^* \le y^{k+1} \le y^k \ \text{ for all } k \ge 1, \qquad y^k \le \psi \ \text{ for all } k \ge 2.xk→x∗,y∗≤yk+1≤yk  for all k≥1,yk≤ψ  for all k≥2.

Milestones (Appendix A, p. 20)

  1. For every partition I,A\mathcal{I}, \mathcal{A}I,A: AIA_{\mathcal{I}}AI​ is regular, AI−1≥0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} \ge 0AI−1​≥0 and AI−1AIA≤0A_{\mathcal{I}}^{-1} A_{\mathcal{I}\mathcal{A}} \le 0AI−1​AIA​≤0.
  2. Complementarity (A.1): λik=0\lambda^k_i = 0λik​=0 or yik=ψiy^k_i = \psi_iyik​=ψi​, for all iii and k≥1k \ge 1k≥1, for every run and every matrix.
  3. Monotonicity: yk+1≤yky^{k+1} \le y^kyk+1≤yk for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  4. Primal feasibility: yk≤ψy^k \le \psiyk≤ψ for k≥2k \ge 2k≥2.
  5. Lower bound: y∗≤yky^* \le y^ky∗≤yk for k≥1k \ge 1k≥1.
  6. Remark A.1 and dual feasibility: if λikˉ<0\lambda^{\bar k}_i < 0λikˉ​<0 with kˉ≥1\bar k \ge 1kˉ≥1, then λik=0\lambda^k_i = 0λik​=0 and yik≤ψiy^k_i \le \psi_iyik​≤ψi​ for all k≥kˉ+1k \ge \bar k + 1k≥kˉ+1; and λk≥0\lambda^k \ge 0λk≥0 for all kkk beyond some kok_oko​.

A companion item states that a run exists from every initial pair when AAA is an M-matrix.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.2 makes the active set strategy a globally convergent method for the discretized obstacle problem, with no line search, no merit function and no damping. The monotonicity statement says more: from the second iterate on, every primal iterate is feasible and lies above the solution, and the iterates descend to it. Combined with the paper's observation (p. 7) that convergent iterates of the method converge in finitely many steps, it gives finite termination from every starting point. The theorem is the model for later global results on the method under weaker hypotheses, two of which (a norm condition and small perturbations of M-matrices) appear in the same paper as Theorems 3.3 and 3.4.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known. A formal proof requires the classical sign facts on principal blocks of M-matrices, which Mathlib does not contain, and a careful treatment of the iteration as a relation on pairs of vectors. The M-matrix block lemma is reusable well beyond this mission, for instance in comparison principles for discretized elliptic problems.

Difficulty

The obvious argument would bound a merit function or a contraction factor; neither is available, because the iteration map is discontinuous and the active sets change from step to step. The paper's argument is instead an order argument. Its central step is the monotonicity yk+1≤yky^{k+1} \le y^kyk+1≤yk: it requires the complementarity (A.1) of the previous iterate, which holds only from k=1k = 1k=1 on, and the sign structure of the blocks AIk−1A_{\mathcal{I}_k}^{-1}AIk​−1​ and AIk−1AIkAkA_{\mathcal{I}_k}^{-1} A_{\mathcal{I}_k \mathcal{A}_k}AIk​−1​AIk​Ak​​ for every possible active set. The index bounds are sharp in the sense that the statements fail at k=0k = 0k=0 (respectively k=1k = 1k=1 for feasibility), because the initial data are arbitrary. Convergence of the multipliers is a separate step: negative multiplier coordinates must be shown to vanish permanently after one more iteration.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin n → ℝ, matrices Matrix (Fin n) (Fin n) ℝ, the product is A *ᵥ y, and ≤\le≤ on vectors is componentwise. Convergence of xkx^kxk is in the product topology on Rn×Rn\mathbb{R}^n \times \mathbb{R}^nRn×Rn.
  • Nonsingularity of an M-matrix is IsUnit A.det. Lean's inverse of a singular matrix is the zero matrix, so without this clause every singular matrix with nonpositive off-diagonal entries would count as an M-matrix; the M-matrix definition is the page's, not an equivalent characterization.
  • The solution is a hypothesis IsSolution A f ψ c ystar lamstar. The paper speaks of "the unique solution"; for an M-matrix it exists and is unique by Berman–Plemmons, so the hypothesis assumes nothing the paper does not have. The uniqueness fact is not restated.
  • The algorithm is a relation. One step is IsStep, a run is IsRun with free initial data y 0, lam 0. The stopping option of step (iv) is not modelled. Because a universally quantified statement over runs would be empty if no run existed, the companion item run_exists states existence of a run from every initial pair.
  • The constant c>0c > 0c>0 is a binder of every statement that needs it; (A.1) needs neither c>0c > 0c>0 nor any hypothesis on AAA, and has none.
  • Remark A.1 is printed without "kˉ≥1\bar k \ge 1kˉ≥1"; its proof assumes it and the statement is false at kˉ=0\bar k = 0kˉ=0, so the bound is kept.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: no statement assumes monotonicity, feasibility or convergence of the iterates, and the M-matrix hypothesis cannot be met by a singular matrix.
  • Needed infrastructure: principal submatrices of M-matrices (Berman–Plemmons, Ch. 6), and inverse-nonnegativity arguments for block systems. Proofs of the block lemma, of (A.1) and of the order lemmas are welcome independently of the goal.

The printed closing step of the proof writes λk=Ayk+f\lambda^k = Ay^k + fλk=Ayk+f; step (iii) gives λk=f−Ayk\lambda^k = f - Ay^kλk=f−Ayk. No item quotes or depends on that line.

Selected references

  • M. Hintermüller, K. Ito, K. Kunisch, The primal-dual active set strategy as a semismooth Newton method, SIAM J. Optim. 13(3):865–888, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623401383558 (authors' version: https://hal.science/hal-01660511)
  • A. Berman, R. J. Plemmons, Nonnegative Matrices in the Mathematical Sciences, Academic Press, 1979; reprinted as SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics 9, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971262
  • R. H. W. Hoppe, Multigrid algorithms for variational inequalities, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 24(5):1046–1065, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1137/0724069
  • L. Qi, J. Sun, A nonsmooth version of Newton's method, Math. Program. 58:353–367, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581275
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A D.C. Optimization Algorithm for Solving the Trust-Region Subproblem III: The DCA Step x^{k+1} = P_E(x^k − (Ax^k + b)/ρ) Is a Descent Method Whose Limit Points Are Kuhn–Tucker PointsResearch Paper

Motivation

The trust-region subproblem asks for the minimum of a quadratic function over a Euclidean ball,

(Q1)min⁡{12xTAx+bTx:∥x∥≤r},(Q_1)\qquad \min\Big\{\tfrac12 x^TAx + b^Tx : \|x\|\le r\Big\},(Q1​)min{21​xTAx+bTx:∥x∥≤r},

with AAA a real symmetric n×nn\times nn×n matrix that may be indefinite. It is solved at every iteration of a trust-region method for nonlinear optimization (Moré and Sorensen 1983; Conn, Gould and Toint 2000), so a method for it is used many thousands of times in a single run. Classical methods based on factorizations of A+λIA + \lambda IA+λI do not scale to large sparse problems.

Pham Dinh Tao and Le Thi Hoai An (SIAM J. Optim. 8 (1998)) apply to (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) their DCA, a general algorithm for d.c. programs (minimizing a difference of two convex functions). For a suitable splitting of the objective, one DCA iteration is a matrix–vector product followed by a scaling onto the ball. This mission formalizes the convergence theorem for that iteration (Theorem 4.1 of the paper), together with the general DCA convergence results it is derived from (Theorem 3.7 and the Appendix).

Timeline (as recorded in the paper's introduction):

  • 1978: J. F. Toland develops the duality theory of d.c. optimization (J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66 (1978)).
  • 1988: Pham Dinh and Elbernoussi introduce the DCA based on this duality, in its subgradient form (reference [23] of the paper, Trends in Mathematical Optimization, Birkhäuser).
  • 1994: Le Thi's thesis and the authors' Rouen research report develop the DCA's convergence theory and large-scale implementations (references [7], [27] of the paper).
  • 1998: the present paper specializes the DCA to (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​), proves Theorem 4.1, and gives a restarting procedure that reaches a global solution.

Setting

Let X=RnX = \mathbb R^nX=Rn with inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. For a function θ:X→R∪{+∞}\theta:X\to\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}θ:X→R∪{+∞}, dom⁡θ={x:θ(x)<+∞}\operatorname{dom}\theta = \{x:\theta(x)<+\infty\}domθ={x:θ(x)<+∞}, and Γ0(X)\Gamma_0(X)Γ0​(X) is the set of proper, lower semicontinuous, convex functions. For θ∈Γ0(X)\theta\in\Gamma_0(X)θ∈Γ0​(X) the conjugate is θ∗(y)=sup⁡x{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x)}\theta^*(y) = \sup_x\{\langle x,y\rangle-\theta(x)\}θ∗(y)=supx​{⟨x,y⟩−θ(x)}, and the subdifferential at x∈dom⁡θx\in\operatorname{dom}\thetax∈domθ is ∂θ(x)={y:θ(z)≥θ(x)+⟨z−x,y⟩ ∀z}\partial\theta(x) = \{y : \theta(z)\ge\theta(x)+\langle z-x,y\rangle\ \forall z\}∂θ(x)={y:θ(z)≥θ(x)+⟨z−x,y⟩ ∀z}. The function θ\thetaθ is ρ\rhoρ-convex (ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0) if θ−ρ2∥⋅∥2\theta-\frac\rho2\|\cdot\|^2θ−2ρ​∥⋅∥2 is convex.

A d.c. program is (P) α=inf⁡{g(x)−h(x):x∈X}(P)\ \alpha = \inf\{g(x)-h(x): x\in X\}(P) α=inf{g(x)−h(x):x∈X} with g,h∈Γ0(X)g,h\in\Gamma_0(X)g,h∈Γ0​(X), under the convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty-(+\infty)=+\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞ and the standing inclusions dom⁡g⊂dom⁡h\operatorname{dom}g\subset\operatorname{dom}hdomg⊂domh, dom⁡h∗⊂dom⁡g∗\operatorname{dom}h^*\subset\operatorname{dom}g^*domh∗⊂domg∗. Its dual objective is h∗(y)−g∗(y)h^*(y)-g^*(y)h∗(y)−g∗(y). The simplified DCA builds two sequences from x0∈dom⁡gx^0\in\operatorname{dom}gx0∈domg:

yk∈∂h(xk),xk+1∈∂g∗(yk).y^k\in\partial h(x^k),\qquad x^{k+1}\in\partial g^*(y^k).yk∈∂h(xk),xk+1∈∂g∗(yk).

For (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) let E={x:∥x∥≤r}E = \{x:\|x\|\le r\}E={x:∥x∥≤r} (r>0r>0r>0), χE\chi_EχE​ its indicator, and f(x)=12xTAx+bTx+χE(x)f(x) = \frac12x^TAx+b^Tx+\chi_E(x)f(x)=21​xTAx+bTx+χE​(x). Fix ρ>0\rho>0ρ>0 with ρI−A\rho I-AρI−A positive semidefinite and split f=g−hf = g-hf=g−h as in (16):

g(x)=12ρ∥x∥2+bTx+χE(x),h(x)=12xT(ρI−A)x.g(x) = \tfrac12\rho\|x\|^2+b^Tx+\chi_E(x),\qquad h(x) = \tfrac12x^T(\rho I-A)x.g(x)=21​ρ∥x∥2+bTx+χE​(x),h(x)=21​xT(ρI−A)x.

The resulting DCA starts at any x0∈Rnx^0\in\mathbb R^nx0∈Rn and, with wk=(ρI−A)xk−bw^k = (\rho I-A)x^k-bwk=(ρI−A)xk−b, sets xk+1=wk/ρx^{k+1} = w^k/\rhoxk+1=wk/ρ if ∥wk∥≤ρr\|w^k\|\le\rho r∥wk∥≤ρr and xk+1=r wk/∥wk∥x^{k+1} = r\,w^k/\|w^k\|xk+1=rwk/∥wk∥ otherwise; equivalently xk+1=PE(xk−1ρ(Axk+b))x^{k+1} = P_E\big(x^k-\frac1\rho(Ax^k+b)\big)xk+1=PE​(xk−ρ1​(Axk+b)). A Kuhn–Tucker point of (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) is an x∗x^*x∗ with some λ∗≥0\lambda^*\ge0λ∗≥0 such that (A+λ∗I)x∗=−b(A+\lambda^*I)x^* = -b(A+λ∗I)x∗=−b, λ∗(∥x∗∥−r)=0\lambda^*(\|x^*\|-r)=0λ∗(∥x∗∥−r)=0 and ∥x∗∥≤r\|x^*\|\le r∥x∗∥≤r.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 491)

For every run of the DCA,

f(xk+1)≤f(xk)−12(ρ+λ)∥xk+1−xk∥2,λ=λmin⁡(ρI−A),f(x^{k+1})\le f(x^k)-\tfrac12(\rho+\lambda)\|x^{k+1}-x^k\|^2,\qquad \lambda = \lambda_{\min}(\rho I-A),f(xk+1)≤f(xk)−21​(ρ+λ)∥xk+1−xk∥2,λ=λmin​(ρI−A),

f(xk)f(x^k)f(xk) decreases to a limit α′≥α\alpha'\ge\alphaα′≥α, ∥xk+1−xk∥→0\|x^{k+1}-x^k\|\to0∥xk+1−xk∥→0, and every limit point of {xk}\{x^k\}{xk} is a Kuhn–Tucker point.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. (P_k): ∂g∗(y)\partial g^*(y)∂g∗(y) is the set of minimizers of g−⟨⋅,y⟩g-\langle\cdot,y\rangleg−⟨⋅,y⟩.
  2. (18)–(19): the DCA step solves (18), is the projection (19), and is a simplified-DCA step for (16).
  3. Proposition A.1(i): (g−h)(xk+1)≤(h∗−g∗)(yk)−ρ22∥dxk∥2≤(g−h)(xk)−ρ1+ρ22∥dxk∥2(g-h)(x^{k+1})\le(h^*-g^*)(y^k)-\frac{\rho_2}2\|dx^k\|^2\le(g-h)(x^k)-\frac{\rho_1+\rho_2}2\|dx^k\|^2(g−h)(xk+1)≤(h∗−g∗)(yk)−2ρ2​​∥dxk∥2≤(g−h)(xk)−2ρ1​+ρ2​​∥dxk∥2, with its equality case.
  4. Corollary A.2(i)–(ii): the same descent with the dual decrements.
  5. Lemma A.3: continuity of hhh along sequences with bounded subgradients.
  6. Theorem 3.7(i): the descent with maxima of the four weighted steps.
  7. Theorem 3.7(iii): if α\alphaα is finite, both objectives converge to a common β≥α\beta\ge\alphaβ≥α, the steps vanish, and the Fenchel–Young gaps tend to 000.
  8. Theorem 3.7(iv): with bounded iterates, limit points pair into (x∗,y∗)∈[∂g∗(y∗)∩∂h∗(y∗)]×[∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗)](x^*,y^*)\in[\partial g^*(y^*)\cap\partial h^*(y^*)]\times[\partial g(x^*)\cap\partial h(x^*)](x∗,y∗)∈[∂g∗(y∗)∩∂h∗(y∗)]×[∂g(x∗)∩∂h(x∗)].
  9. The moduli of (16): ρ(g)=ρ\rho(g)=\rhoρ(g)=ρ and ρ(h)=ρ−λn\rho(h)=\rho-\lambda_nρ(h)=ρ−λn​.
  10. (20): ∂h(x∗)⊂∂g(x∗)\partial h(x^*)\subset\partial g(x^*)∂h(x∗)⊂∂g(x∗) if and only if x∗x^*x∗ is a Kuhn–Tucker point.

The equality case of Theorem 3.7(i) and Theorem 3.7(ii) (the dual descent) are included as further draft theorems.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 makes the DCA a descent method for (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) whose accumulation points satisfy the first-order conditions. That property is what the paper's restarting procedure (§4.2) builds on: at a Kuhn–Tucker point that is not a global minimizer, one eigenvector computation gives a better feasible point, and the DCA reaches a global solution after at most 2m+22m+22m+2 restarts, where mmm is the number of distinct negative eigenvalues of AAA. Theorem 3.7 is the convergence theorem for the DCA on general d.c. programs, used throughout the later DCA literature.

All of these results are proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of them has a machine-checked proof: Mathlib has convex conjugates and subdifferentials in pieces, but no d.c. duality, no DCA and no analysis of the trust-region subproblem. This mission produces that development: a statement layer for d.c. programming with extended values, a formal proof of the general descent and criticality theorem, and its specialization to (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​).

Difficulty

Every inequality of the analysis runs over R∪{+∞}\mathbb R\cup\{+\infty\}R∪{+∞}. The differences g−hg-hg−h and h∗−g∗h^*-g^*h∗−g∗ need the paper's convention +∞−(+∞)=+∞+\infty-(+\infty)=+\infty+∞−(+∞)=+∞, and the finiteness of each value along a run has to be derived from the standing inclusions. The hard step is the passage to limit points in Theorem 3.7(iv). Lower semicontinuity of ggg, g∗g^*g∗ and hhh gives only one-sided inequalities at a limit point, while the theorem asserts equalities of values there. The naive argument of passing to the limit in yk∈∂h(xk)y^k\in\partial h(x^k)yk∈∂h(xk) and xk+1∈∂g∗(yk)x^{k+1}\in\partial g^*(y^k)xk+1∈∂g∗(yk) fails, because xk+1x^{k+1}xk+1 and xkx^kxk need not have the same limit unless ρ1+ρ2>0\rho_1+\rho_2>0ρ1​+ρ2​>0. For (Q1)(Q_1)(Q1​) the specialization needs boundedness of the iterates, finiteness of α\alphaα, and the subdifferential of the indicator of the ball. None of these is a hypothesis of Theorem 4.1, so each must be proved from the run.

Formalization scope

XXX is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Extended values are EReal, and every d.c. difference is dcSub g h x, equal to +∞+\infty+∞ when g(x)=+∞g(x)=+\inftyg(x)=+∞ and to g(x)−h(x)g(x)-h(x)g(x)−h(x) otherwise, because Mathlib's EReal has ⊤−⊤=⊥\top-\top=\bot⊤−⊤=⊥. Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​, subgradients and the conjugate come from published platform definitions (IsProperClosedConvex, IsSubgradient, CondatPD.FinDim.conj). The modulus of strong convexity is never defined as a supremum. Statements take explicit constants ρ1,ρ2,ρ1∗,ρ2∗\rho_1,\rho_2,\rho_1^*,\rho_2^*ρ1​,ρ2​,ρ1∗​,ρ2∗​ with "fif_ifi​ is ρi\rho_iρi​-convex", which is what the paper requires of them. Hypotheses "ρ(g)+ρ(h)>0\rho(g)+\rho(h)>0ρ(g)+ρ(h)>0" become ρ1+ρ2>0\rho_1+\rho_2>0ρ1​+ρ2​>0. The matrix AAA is a self-adjoint continuous linear operator. "λ\lambdaλ is the smallest eigenvalue of ρI−A\rho I-AρI−A" is encoded by quantifying over every μ\muμ with ρI−A⪰μI\rho I-A\succeq\mu IρI−A⪰μI. A limit point is a cluster point. The objective fff is +∞+\infty+∞ outside EEE, and the run starts from an arbitrary x0x^0x0, as on the page. Statements involving dyk−1dy^{k-1}dyk−1 are for k≥1k\ge1k≥1. Theorem 3.7(iv)'s limit identity is stated along a common convergent subsequence, as in its proof.

Ruled out: the goal is stated for the explicit iteration a)/b) of p. 490, never for an abstract run assumed to satisfy Theorem 3.7, and it carries no hypothesis of boundedness, finite α\alphaα or convergence. A run predicate that no sequence satisfies would make everything vacuous, and a sanity file exhibits concrete runs.

Needed infrastructure: the Fenchel–Young equality and its equality case for Γ0\Gamma_0Γ0​ functions in EReal, subdifferential inversion y∈∂g(x)  ⟺  x∈∂g∗(y)y\in\partial g(x)\iff x\in\partial g^*(y)y∈∂g(x)⟺x∈∂g∗(y), strong-convexity versions of the subgradient inequality, and the normal cone of a Euclidean ball. These are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome as separate contributions.

Selected references

  • Pham Dinh Tao and Le Thi Hoai An, A d.c. optimization algorithm for solving the trust-region subproblem, SIAM J. Optim. 8(2):476–505, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1137/S1052623494274313
  • J. F. Toland, Duality in nonconvex optimization, J. Math. Anal. Appl. 66(2):399–415, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-247X(78)90243-3
  • J. J. Moré and D. C. Sorensen, Computing a trust region step, SIAM J. Sci. Statist. Comput. 4(3):553–572, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1137/0904038
  • A. R. Conn, N. I. M. Gould and Ph. L. Toint, Trust-Region Methods, SIAM, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719857
  • R. T. Rockafellar, Convex Analysis, Princeton University Press, 1970. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400873173
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Fixed Point and Bregman Iterative Methods for Matrix Rank Minimization: The Matrix Shrinkage Fixed Point Iteration Converges to an Optimal Solution of the Nuclear Norm Regularized ProblemResearch Paper

Motivation

Many estimation problems ask for a matrix of low rank that is consistent with a small number of linear measurements: completing a partially observed ratings matrix, identifying a low-order linear system, or embedding points from a few pairwise distances. Rank minimization under linear constraints is NP-hard, and the standard convex surrogate replaces the rank by the nuclear norm, the sum of the singular values (Recht, Fazel and Parrilo, 2010). Under incoherence assumptions the surrogate recovers the low-rank matrix exactly (Candès and Recht, 2009).

The surrogate is a semidefinite program, and interior point methods for it do not scale past matrices of a few hundred rows. Ma, Goldfarb and Chen (2009) proposed a first-order method for the regularized form of the problem: a gradient step on the data-fit term followed by singular value shrinkage. Their algorithms FPC and FPCA are built on this two-line iteration, and the paper's one convergence theorem says that the iteration, run with a fixed step size, converges to a minimizer. This mission formalizes that theorem and the lemmas used to prove it.

Timeline of the closest results:

  • 2005: Combettes and Wajs prove convergence of forward–backward splitting for the sum of a convex function and a convex function with Lipschitz gradient in a Hilbert space.
  • 2008: Hale, Yin and Zhang analyse the fixed point continuation (FPC) method for ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​-regularized least squares, with vector shrinkage in place of matrix shrinkage.
  • 2008–2010: Cai, Candès and Shen introduce singular value thresholding (SVT) for matrix completion, prove that the shrinkage is the proximal map of the nuclear norm, and prove convergence of a different iteration (Uzawa's method on a strongly convex problem with equality constraints).
  • 2009: Ma, Goldfarb and Chen state and prove convergence of the matrix shrinkage fixed point iteration for the nuclear norm regularized least squares problem (1.8), following Hale, Yin and Zhang's argument.

Setting

Fix natural numbers m,n,pm,n,pm,n,p. Matrices X∈Rm×nX\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}X∈Rm×n carry the Frobenius norm ∥X∥F=(∑ijXij2)1/2\|X\|_F=(\sum_{ij}X_{ij}^2)^{1/2}∥X∥F​=(∑ij​Xij2​)1/2 and the nuclear norm ∥X∥∗=∑iσi(X)\|X\|_*=\sum_i\sigma_i(X)∥X∥∗​=∑i​σi​(X). A linear map A:Rm×n→Rp\mathcal A:\mathbb R^{m\times n}\to\mathbb R^pA:Rm×n→Rp is given by matrices A0,…,Ap−1A_0,\dots,A_{p-1}A0​,…,Ap−1​ through A(X)i=⟨Ai,X⟩\mathcal A(X)_i=\langle A_i,X\rangleA(X)i​=⟨Ai​,X⟩; equivalently AX=A vec(X)\mathcal AX=A\,\mathrm{vec}(X)AX=Avec(X) for a matrix A∈Rp×mnA\in\mathbb R^{p\times mn}A∈Rp×mn. Its adjoint is A∗\mathcal A^*A∗, and λmax⁡(A⊤A)=∥A∥22\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A)=\|\mathcal A\|_2^2λmax​(A⊤A)=∥A∥22​, the square of its spectral norm. Fix b∈Rpb\in\mathbb R^pb∈Rp and μ>0\mu>0μ>0.

Problem (1.8) is

min⁡X∈Rm×n μ∥X∥∗+12∥A(X)−b∥22,\min_{X\in\mathbb R^{m\times n}}\ \mu\|X\|_*+\tfrac12\|\mathcal A(X)-b\|_2^2 ,X∈Rm×nmin​ μ∥X∥∗​+21​∥A(X)−b∥22​,

and X∗\mathcal X^*X∗ denotes its set of optimal solutions. Write g(X)=A∗(A(X)−b)g(X)=\mathcal A^*(\mathcal A(X)-b)g(X)=A∗(A(X)−b) for the gradient of the data-fit term and h(X)=X−τg(X)h(X)=X-\tau g(X)h(X)=X−τg(X) for a gradient step of size τ>0\tau>0τ>0.

For ν>0\nu>0ν>0, the matrix shrinkage operator SνS_\nuSν​ takes a singular value decomposition Y=U Diag(σ)V⊤Y=U\,\mathrm{Diag}(\sigma)V^\topY=UDiag(σ)V⊤ to Sν(Y)=U Diag(σˉ)V⊤S_\nu(Y)=U\,\mathrm{Diag}(\bar\sigma)V^\topSν​(Y)=UDiag(σˉ)V⊤, where σˉi=max⁡(σi−ν,0)\bar\sigma_i=\max(\sigma_i-\nu,0)σˉi​=max(σi​−ν,0). The fixed point iterations (2.1) start from an arbitrary X0X^0X0 and repeat

Yk=Xk−τg(Xk),Xk+1=Sτμ(Yk).Y^k=X^k-\tau g(X^k),\qquad X^{k+1}=S_{\tau\mu}(Y^k).Yk=Xk−τg(Xk),Xk+1=Sτμ​(Yk).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For τ∈(0,2/λmax⁡(A⊤A))\tau\in(0,2/\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A))τ∈(0,2/λmax​(A⊤A)) and every starting point, there is X∗∈X∗X^*\in\mathcal X^*X∗∈X∗ with

lim⁡k→∞∥Xk−X∗∥F=0.\lim_{k\to\infty}\|X^k-X^*\|_F=0 .k→∞lim​∥Xk−X∗∥F​=0.

The goal fixes no rate and no particular limit: it asserts convergence of the whole sequence to some minimizer.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Theorem 3. Sν(Y)S_\nu(Y)Sν​(Y) is an optimal solution of min⁡Xν∥X∥∗+12∥X−Y∥F2\min_X\nu\|X\|_*+\tfrac12\|X-Y\|_F^2minX​ν∥X∥∗​+21​∥X−Y∥F2​. This is already posed on the platform as Cai, Candès and Shen's Theorem 2.1 (which adds uniqueness) and is referenced, not restated.
  2. Corollary 1. For every τ>0\tau>0τ>0: X∗∈X∗X^*\in\mathcal X^*X∗∈X∗ if and only if X∗=Sτμ(h(X∗))X^*=S_{\tau\mu}(h(X^*))X∗=Sτμ​(h(X∗)).
  3. Lemma 1. ∥Sν(Y1)−Sν(Y2)∥F≤∥Y1−Y2∥F\|S_\nu(Y_1)-S_\nu(Y_2)\|_F\le\|Y_1-Y_2\|_F∥Sν​(Y1​)−Sν​(Y2​)∥F​≤∥Y1​−Y2​∥F​, with equality if and only if Y1−Y2=Sν(Y1)−Sν(Y2)Y_1-Y_2=S_\nu(Y_1)-S_\nu(Y_2)Y1​−Y2​=Sν​(Y1​)−Sν​(Y2​).
  4. Lemma 2. For τ\tauτ in the step range, ∥h(X)−h(X′)∥F≤∥X−X′∥F\|h(X)-h(X')\|_F\le\|X-X'\|_F∥h(X)−h(X′)∥F​≤∥X−X′∥F​, and h(X)−h(X′)=X−X′h(X)-h(X')=X-X'h(X)−h(X′)=X−X′ if and only if equality holds.
  5. Lemma 3. If X∗∈X∗X^*\in\mathcal X^*X∗∈X∗, then X∈X∗X\in\mathcal X^*X∈X∗ if and only if ∥Sτμ(h(X))−X∗∥F=∥X−X∗∥F\|S_{\tau\mu}(h(X))-X^*\|_F=\|X-X^*\|_F∥Sτμ​(h(X))−X∗∥F​=∥X−X∗∥F​.

The mission also contains the paper's Theorem 2, the optimality condition for (1.8) written with a reduced singular value decomposition X=U Diag(σ)V⊤X=U\,\mathrm{Diag}(\sigma)V^\topX=UDiag(σ)V⊤: X∈X∗X\in\mathcal X^*X∈X∗ if and only if some WWW satisfies μ(UV⊤+W)+g(X)=0\mu(UV^\top+W)+g(X)=0μ(UV⊤+W)+g(X)=0, U⊤W=0U^\top W=0U⊤W=0, WV=0WV=0WV=0 and ∥W∥2≤1\|W\|_2\le1∥W∥2​≤1. The chain to Theorem 4 does not use it.

Significance

Theorem 4 is the correctness guarantee for FPC and FPCA, which were among the first algorithms to solve nuclear norm regularized problems with matrices in the thousands of rows. It certifies that the output of the plain iteration is an exact minimizer in the limit, for every starting point and every step below 2/λmax⁡(A⊤A)2/\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A)2/λmax​(A⊤A). Lemmas 1–3 are the reusable part: non-expansiveness of the matrix shrinkage with a precise equality case, and the fixed point characterization of the optimal set, are the ingredients of every proximal gradient analysis with nuclear norm regularization.

Status: the theorem is proved on paper, and it is also a special case of the general convergence of forward–backward splitting. No machine-checked proof of it is known. The platform holds general forward–backward and inertial forward–backward convergence statements in Hilbert space (for example NesterovFB.Weak.theorem_3, InertialFB.IFB.theorem1_convergence) and the nonexpansiveness of abstract proximal maps (MoreauProx.Characterization.prox_nonexpansive). None is stated for the nuclear norm, for matrix shrinkage defined through the SVD, or with Ma, Goldfarb and Chen's equality cases. Formalizing this mission connects Mathlib's singular values to these operator-theoretic statements.

Difficulty

The obvious route goes through Fejér monotonicity: every step brings the iterate no farther from any minimizer, so the iterates are bounded and have a limit point. Two steps of this route do not come for free. First, the argument presupposes a minimizer; nothing in the hypotheses provides one, so the existence of an optimal solution of (1.8) has to be established from the data. Second, a limit point must be shown to be optimal, which requires the equality cases of Lemmas 1 and 2, not just the inequalities. Lemma 1's equality case concerns the singular value decompositions of two unrelated matrices whose singular vectors need not be aligned; non-expansiveness alone does not deliver it. Nonexpansive maps in general need not have convergent iterates (a rotation is nonexpansive), so continuity plus boundedness is not enough.

Formalization scope

  • Matrices are Matrix (Fin m) (Fin n) ℝ. The Frobenius norm, the nuclear norm (the sum of Mathlib's LinearMap.singularValues), the linear map A\mathcal AA as ppp matrices Aop, its adjoint and spectral norm, and the shrinkage relation IsShrink are reused from the published Cai–Candès–Shen definitions.
  • SνS_\nuSν​ is a relation, IsShrink ν Y X: XXX is the shrinkage of YYY for some reduced SVD (orthonormal columns, positive singular values). Every statement takes the shrinkage output as a variable with an IsShrink hypothesis. The paper's Definition 4 also allows zero singular values, which shrink to zero and change nothing.
  • The step range τ∈(0,2/λmax⁡(A⊤A))\tau\in(0,2/\lambda_{\max}(A^\top A))τ∈(0,2/λmax​(A⊤A)) is written 0<τ0<\tau0<τ and τ∥A∥22<2\tau\|\mathcal A\|_2^2<2τ∥A∥22​<2, without division. For A=0\mathcal A=0A=0 this is the range (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), as on paper, rather than the empty range that Lean's 2/0=02/0=02/0=0 would give.
  • μ>0\mu>0μ>0 is an explicit hypothesis, and so is ν>0\nu>0ν>0 in Lemma 1; in Corollary 1, τ>0\tau>0τ>0 is the only condition on the step, as on the page ("for any τ>0\tau>0τ>0"). ν=τμ\nu=\tau\muν=τμ is built into the statements.
  • The run of (2.1) is a predicate on the whole sequence with an arbitrary X0X^0X0; it is not the continuation scheme FPC and does not fix X0=0X^0=0X0=0.
  • Convergence is in the Frobenius norm to some minimizer chosen after the run. Neither X∗≠∅\mathcal X^*\neq\emptysetX∗=∅ nor boundedness of the iterates is a hypothesis; a statement that assumes either is a different, weaker theorem and is ruled out.
  • No statement assumes m≤nm\le nm≤n; the paper's "without loss of generality" belongs to its proofs.

A complete development needs the SVD of real matrices in terms of Mathlib's singular values, the subdifferential of the nuclear norm, and a Fejér-monotone convergence argument in finite dimension. The first two are reusable for any nuclear norm or spectral function result, and contributions of general lemmas about singular value shrinkage (functionality of IsShrink, its proximal characterization) are welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Ma, D. Goldfarb, L. Chen, Fixed point and Bregman iterative methods for matrix rank minimization, Math. Program. 128 (2011); preprint arXiv:0905.1643v2, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0905.1643
  • J.-F. Cai, E. J. Candès, Z. Shen, A singular value thresholding algorithm for matrix completion, SIAM J. Optim. 20(4), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0810.3286
  • E. T. Hale, W. Yin, Y. Zhang, Fixed-point continuation for ℓ1-minimization: methodology and convergence, SIAM J. Optim. 19(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1137/070698920
  • P. L. Combettes, V. R. Wajs, Signal recovery by proximal forward-backward splitting, Multiscale Model. Simul. 4(4), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1137/050626090
  • B. Recht, M. Fazel, P. A. Parrilo, Guaranteed minimum-rank solutions of linear matrix equations via nuclear norm minimization, SIAM Review 52(3), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0706.4138
  • E. J. Candès, B. Recht, Exact matrix completion via convex optimization, Found. Comput. Math. 9, 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0805.4471
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Some Algorithms for Solving Nonsmooth Equations I: At a Semismooth, Strongly BD-Regular Zero the ∂_B Newton Method Converges Superlinearly and ‖F‖ Decreases SuperlinearlyResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems of operations research reduce to a system of nonsmooth equations F(x)=0F(x)=0F(x)=0 with F:Rn→RnF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nF:Rn→Rn locally Lipschitz but not differentiable: the nonlinear complementarity problem h(x)≥0h(x)\ge 0h(x)≥0, f(x)≥0f(x)\ge0f(x)≥0, h(x)Tf(x)=0h(x)^Tf(x)=0h(x)Tf(x)=0 becomes F(x)=min⁡{h(x),f(x)}=0F(x)=\min\{h(x),f(x)\}=0F(x)=min{h(x),f(x)}=0 componentwise, and variational inequalities, KKT systems and max-type equations admit similar reformulations. Newton's method is the natural local solver, but it needs a substitute for the Jacobian at points where FFF is not differentiable.

Timeline:

  • 1977. Mifflin introduces semismooth functionals.
  • 1987–1990. Robinson proposes B-derivatives; Pang (1990) and Harker–Xiao (1990) study Newton methods based on directional derivatives (Math. Oper. Res. 15; Math. Programming 48).
  • 1993. Qi and Sun (Math. Programming 58) prove local superlinear convergence of xk+1=xk−Vk−1F(xk)x^{k+1}=x^k-V_k^{-1}F(x^k)xk+1=xk−Vk−1​F(xk), Vk∈∂F(xk)V_k\in\partial F(x^k)Vk​∈∂F(xk), assuming every element of Clarke's generalized Jacobian ∂F(x∗)\partial F(x^*)∂F(x∗) is nonsingular.
  • 1993. Qi (Math. Oper. Res. 18), the source of this mission, observes that this assumption already fails for f(x)=∣x∣f(x)=|x|f(x)=∣x∣, where ∂f(0)=[−1,1]\partial f(0)=[-1,1]∂f(0)=[−1,1] contains 000, and restricts VkV_kVk​ to the smaller B-subdifferential. Nonsingularity is then needed only on ∂BF(x∗)\partial_B F(x^*)∂B​F(x∗).

Setting

A map F:Rn→RmF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mF:Rn→Rm is locally Lipschitz throughout; the norm is the Euclidean 2-norm. Let DFD_FDF​ be the set of points where FFF is differentiable (almost every point, by Rademacher's theorem). The B-subdifferential of FFF at xxx is

∂BF(x)={lim⁡i→∞∇F(xi)  :  xi→x, xi∈DF},\partial_B F(x)=\Big\{\lim_{i\to\infty}\nabla F(x_i)\;:\;x_i\to x,\ x_i\in D_F\Big\},∂B​F(x)={i→∞lim​∇F(xi​):xi​→x, xi​∈DF​},

and Clarke's generalized Jacobian is its convex hull, ∂F(x)=conv⁡∂BF(x)\partial F(x)=\operatorname{conv}\partial_B F(x)∂F(x)=conv∂B​F(x). The directional derivative is F′(x;h)=lim⁡t↓0(F(x+th)−F(x))/tF'(x;h)=\lim_{t\downarrow0}(F(x+th)-F(x))/tF′(x;h)=limt↓0​(F(x+th)−F(x))/t. FFF is semismooth at xxx if lim⁡Vh′\lim Vh'limVh′ over V∈∂F(x+th′)V\in\partial F(x+th')V∈∂F(x+th′), h′→hh'\to hh′→h, t↓0t\downarrow 0t↓0, exists for every hhh. A map F:Rn→RnF:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nF:Rn→Rn is strongly BD-regular at xxx if every V∈∂BF(x)V\in\partial_B F(x)V∈∂B​F(x) is nonsingular.

The ∂B\partial_B∂B​ Newton method is

xk+1=xk−Vk−1F(xk),Vk∈∂BF(xk),(3.2)x^{k+1}=x^k-V_k^{-1}F(x^k),\qquad V_k\in\partial_B F(x^k), \tag{3.2}xk+1=xk−Vk−1​F(xk),Vk​∈∂B​F(xk),(3.2)

with any choice of VkV_kVk​, and the directional-derivative Newton method is xk+1=xk+dkx^{k+1}=x^k+d^kxk+1=xk+dk with F(xk)+F′(xk;dk)=0F(x^k)+F'(x^k;d^k)=0F(xk)+F′(xk;dk)=0 (3.11)–(3.12). In Lean, Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), ∂BF\partial_B F∂B​F is NonsmoothNewton.Shared.bJac F, ∂F\partial F∂F is clarkeJac F, semismoothness is NonsmoothNewton.Local.SemismoothAt, and a run of (3.2) is IsBDNewtonRun F x V.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 234)

If F(x∗)=0F(x^*)=0F(x∗)=0 and FFF is semismooth and strongly BD-regular at x∗x^*x∗, there is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that every V∈∂BF(y)V\in\partial_B F(y)V∈∂B​F(y), ∥y−x∗∥<δ\|y-x^*\|<\delta∥y−x∗∥<δ, is nonsingular with ∥y−V−1F(y)−x∗∥<δ\|y-V^{-1}F(y)-x^*\|<\delta∥y−V−1F(y)−x∗∥<δ, and every run of (3.2) from ∥x0−x∗∥<δ\|x^0-x^*\|<\delta∥x0−x∗∥<δ satisfies

xk→x∗,∥xk+1−x∗∥=o(∥xk−x∗∥),x^k\to x^*,\qquad \|x^{k+1}-x^*\|=o(\|x^k-x^*\|),xk→x∗,∥xk+1−x∗∥=o(∥xk−x∗∥),

and, when F(xk)≠0F(x^k)\ne0F(xk)=0 for all kkk,

lim⁡k→∞∥F(xk+1)∥∥F(xk)∥=0.(1.9)\lim_{k\to\infty}\frac{\|F(x^{k+1})\|}{\|F(x^k)\|}=0. \tag{1.9}k→∞lim​∥F(xk)∥∥F(xk+1)∥​=0.(1.9)

Milestones

  1. Lemma 2.6 (p. 233): near a strongly BD-regular point, every V∈∂BF(y)V\in\partial_B F(y)V∈∂B​F(y) is nonsingular with ∥V−1∥≤c\|V^{-1}\|\le c∥V−1∥≤c, and ∥h∥≤c∥F′(y;h)∥\|h\|\le c\|F'(y;h)\|∥h∥≤c∥F′(y;h)∥ where FFF is semismooth.
  2. Lemma 2.2 (1) ⇔ (3) (p. 230): semismoothness at xxx is equivalent to Vh−F′(x;h)=o(∥h∥)Vh-F'(x;h)=o(\|h\|)Vh−F′(x;h)=o(∥h∥) for V∈∂F(x+h)V\in\partial F(x+h)V∈∂F(x+h). This is the published item NonsmoothNewton.Local.theorem_2_3.
  3. (2.2) (p. 229) at a semismooth point: F(x+h)=F(x)+F′(x;h)+o(∥h∥)F(x+h)=F(x)+F'(x;h)+o(\|h\|)F(x+h)=F(x)+F′(x;h)+o(∥h∥). This is the published item NonsmoothNewton.Local.remark_2_17.
  4. Corollary 3.2 (p. 235): for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, one ∂B\partial_B∂B​ Newton step near x∗x^*x∗ contracts ∥x−x∗∥\|x-x^*\|∥x−x∗∥ and ∥F(x)∥\|F(x)\|∥F(x)∥ by the factor ε\varepsilonε.

Further statements of the paper in this mission

Lemma 2.3 (degree-2 semicontinuity, p. 230); the quadratic second paragraph of Theorem 3.1; Corollary 3.3 (the directional-derivative method, p. 235); Lemma 2.2 (1) ⇔ (2); and the counterexample of Final Remark (6) (pp. 243–244), which shows that (3.12) need not be solvable near a semismooth, strongly BD-regular zero.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 is the local convergence theorem for the semismooth Newton method in the form most used later: the B-subdifferential version under strong BD-regularity is what generalized Newton methods for complementarity problems (through the min and Fischer–Burmeister reformulations) rely on, because ∂BF\partial_B F∂B​F is finite in typical piecewise-smooth examples while ∂F\partial F∂F is a polytope that may contain singular matrices. The statement (1.9) makes the method a descent method for ∥F∥\|F\|∥F∥ near the solution, which is how the paper later globalizes it (damped Newton, §4; hybrid method, §6). Corollary 3.2 is reused verbatim in the analysis of the damped method.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is formalized. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the local theory, on top of the published B-subdifferential and semismoothness definitions of the Qi–Sun series, and makes the Clarke-to-B-subdifferential refinement available to later missions.

Difficulty

The Clarke-Jacobian argument cannot be copied. There, nonsingularity of the compact convex set ∂F(x∗)\partial F(x^*)∂F(x∗) propagates to a neighbourhood by upper semicontinuity of ∂F\partial F∂F. Here only the extreme set ∂BF(x∗)\partial_B F(x^*)∂B​F(x∗) is assumed nonsingular, and its convex hull may contain singular matrices. Lemma 2.6 therefore has to work with limits of genuine Jacobians, and the error estimate (3.3) has to combine an estimate stated for ∂F(xk)\partial F(x^k)∂F(xk), namely Lemma 2.2, with the bound on Vk−1V_k^{-1}Vk−1​, which exists only for Vk∈∂BF(xk)V_k\in\partial_B F(x^k)Vk​∈∂B​F(xk). A second subtlety is (1.9), which needs a lower bound ∥xk−x∗∥≤c1−ε∥F(xk)∥\|x^k-x^*\|\le\frac{c}{1-\varepsilon}\|F(x^k)\|∥xk−x∗∥≤1−εc​∥F(xk)∥ that does not follow from superlinear convergence alone.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with the 2-norm and the spectral operator norm, as the paper fixes ("we use 2-norms"). The dimension n=0n=0n=0 is allowed.

  • Standing assumption. Every statement carries LocallyLipschitz F (§1, p. 227).

  • Nonsingularity is the existence of a two-sided inverse WWW (IsInverse V W), never a junk inverse. A run of (3.2) is written Vk(xk+1−xk)=−F(xk)V_k(x^{k+1}-x^k)=-F(x^k)Vk​(xk+1−xk)=−F(xk) without an inverse, so nonsingularity of VkV_kVk​ is a conclusion.

  • Quantifier order. δ\deltaδ is chosen before the run and serves every starting point within δ\deltaδ and every choice Vk∈∂BF(xk)V_k\in\partial_B F(x^k)Vk​∈∂B​F(xk). Writing "for every run there is a δ\deltaδ" would trivialize the theorem and is ruled out.

  • (1.9) is stated under the paper's hypothesis F(xk)≠0F(x^k)\ne0F(xk)=0 for all kkk, since otherwise the quotient is not defined.

  • Disclosed deviations.

    • Corollary 3.2 is stated for ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 (the page prints ε≥0\varepsilon\ge0ε≥0, false at 000).
    • Corollary 3.3 adds semismoothness of FFF on a neighbourhood of x∗x^*x∗, which its printed proof uses through Lemma 2.6's (2.16).
    • O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) and "quadratic" are pinned to explicit constants.
  • Infrastructure needed.

    • Rademacher-type facts for ∂BF\partial_B F∂B​F: nonemptiness, compactness and closed graph. The platform already has WillR's proved lemmas NonsmoothNewton.Shared.exists_local_bJac_control, bJac_mem_of_tendsto, isCompact_bJac.
    • Perturbation bounds for inverses.
    • The relation between directional derivatives and ∂BF\partial_B F∂B​F at semismooth points.

    These are reusable for the other two missions of this series and for later semismooth Newton developments. Proofs of the milestones, and alternative arguments, are welcome.

Selected references

  • L. Qi, Convergence analysis of some algorithms for solving nonsmooth equations, Math. Oper. Res. 18(1):227–244, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.18.1.227
  • L. Qi and J. Sun, A nonsmooth version of Newton's method, Math. Programming 58:353–367, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01581275
  • J.-S. Pang, Newton's method for B-differentiable equations, Math. Oper. Res. 15(2):311–341, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.15.2.311
  • R. Mifflin, Semismooth and semiconvex functions in constrained optimization, SIAM J. Control Optim. 15(6):959–972, 1977. https://doi.org/10.1137/0315061
  • A. Shapiro, On concepts of directional differentiability, J. Optim. Theory Appl. 66:477–487, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00940933
9 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Monte Carlo Path Simulation: The Multilevel Estimator Achieves Mean-Square Error Below ε² at Cost c₄ε⁻², c₄ε⁻²(log ε)² or c₄ε^(−2−(1−β)/α)Research Paper

Why the cost of path simulation matters

Pricing a financial derivative, estimating a risk measure, or computing any expected functional of a stochastic differential equation (SDE) by simulation runs into two errors at once: the statistical error of averaging finitely many sampled paths, and the discretisation bias of replacing the exact SDE solution by a numerical scheme with a positive timestep. With the Euler scheme and NNN independent paths, the mean-square error behaves like c1N−1+c2h2c_1N^{-1}+c_2h^2c1​N−1+c2​h2, so a root-mean-square accuracy ε\varepsilonε requires N∼ε−2N\sim\varepsilon^{-2}N∼ε−2 paths of h−1∼ε−1h^{-1}\sim\varepsilon^{-1}h−1∼ε−1 steps each: a cost of order ε−3\varepsilon^{-3}ε−3.

Giles' Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation (Operations Research 56(3), 2008) showed that combining simulations on a geometric hierarchy of timesteps reduces this cost to order ε−2(log⁡ε)2\varepsilon^{-2}(\log\varepsilon)^2ε−2(logε)2 for the Euler scheme with a Lipschitz payoff, and to ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2, the cost of an unbiased estimator, when the level differences have fast-decaying variance. The two-level case is due to Kebaier (2005), who reduced the cost to order ε−2.5\varepsilon^{-2.5}ε−2.5; Heinrich's multilevel method for parametric integration (2001) is a precursor. The paper's Theorem 3.1 is stated abstractly, in terms of four rate conditions, and has since been applied to SDEs, SPDEs, Markov chains and nested simulation; the survey of Giles (Acta Numerica 2015) traces this development.

The multilevel estimator

Fix an integer refinement factor M≥2M\ge2M≥2 and a horizon T>0T>0T>0, and let the timestep of level lll be hl=M−lTh_l=M^{-l}Thl​=M−lT, l=0,1,2,…l=0,1,2,\dotsl=0,1,2,…. On a probability space, let PPP be the quantity of interest (in the paper, a functional of the solution of an SDE driven by a Brownian path) and P^l\widehat P_lPl​ its approximation with timestep hlh_lhl​. Since

E[P^L]=E[P^0]+∑l=1LE[P^l−P^l−1],E[\widehat P_L]=E[\widehat P_0]+\sum_{l=1}^{L}E[\widehat P_l-\widehat P_{l-1}],E[PL​]=E[P0​]+l=1∑L​E[Pl​−Pl−1​],

the method estimates each term independently. For each level lll and sample size Nl≥1N_l\ge1Nl​≥1, Y^l\widehat Y_lYl​ is an estimator of E[P^0]E[\widehat P_0]E[P0​] (l=0l=0l=0) or of E[P^l−P^l−1]E[\widehat P_l-\widehat P_{l-1}]E[Pl​−Pl−1​] (l>0l>0l>0) built from NlN_lNl​ samples, with computational complexity ClC_lCl​. The multilevel estimator is Y^=∑l=0LY^l\widehat Y=\sum_{l=0}^{L}\widehat Y_lY=∑l=0L​Yl​, its total complexity is C=∑l=0LClC=\sum_{l=0}^LC_lC=∑l=0L​Cl​, and its mean-square error is MSE=E[(Y^−E[P])2]\mathrm{MSE}=E[(\widehat Y-E[P])^2]MSE=E[(Y−E[P])2].

The hypotheses are four rate conditions, with constants α≥12\alpha\ge\frac12α≥21​ and β,c1,c2,c3>0\beta,c_1,c_2,c_3>0β,c1​,c2​,c3​>0: (i) ∣E[P^l−P]∣≤c1hlα|E[\widehat P_l-P]|\le c_1h_l^\alpha∣E[Pl​−P]∣≤c1​hlα​ (weak convergence order α\alphaα); (ii) E[Y^l]E[\widehat Y_l]E[Yl​] equals E[P^0]E[\widehat P_0]E[P0​] or E[P^l−P^l−1]E[\widehat P_l-\widehat P_{l-1}]E[Pl​−Pl−1​] (unbiasedness of each level); (iii) V[Y^l]≤c2Nl−1hlβV[\widehat Y_l]\le c_2N_l^{-1}h_l^\betaV[Yl​]≤c2​Nl−1​hlβ​ (variance decay rate β\betaβ); (iv) Cl≤c3Nlhl−1C_l\le c_3N_lh_l^{-1}Cl​≤c3​Nl​hl−1​ (cost proportional to samples times steps).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

There is a constant c4>0c_4>0c4​>0 such that for every 0<ε<e−10<\varepsilon<e^{-1}0<ε<e−1 there are LLL and Nl≥1N_l\ge1Nl​≥1 with

MSE<ε2,C≤{c4ε−2,β>1,c4ε−2(log⁡ε)2,β=1,c4ε−2−(1−β)/α,0<β<1.\mathrm{MSE}<\varepsilon^2,\qquad C\le\begin{cases}c_4\varepsilon^{-2},&\beta>1,\\ c_4\varepsilon^{-2}(\log\varepsilon)^2,&\beta=1,\\ c_4\varepsilon^{-2-(1-\beta)/\alpha},&0<\beta<1.\end{cases}MSE<ε2,C≤⎩⎨⎧​c4​ε−2,c4​ε−2(logε)2,c4​ε−2−(1−β)/α,​β>1,β=1,0<β<1.​

The constant c4c_4c4​ is uniform in ε\varepsilonε; its value is not part of the goal.

Milestones

The milestones are the displayed steps of the paper's proof, in its order: the choice of the finest level and the resulting two-sided bound (6) on c1hLαc_1h_L^\alphac1​hLα​; the bound 12ε2\frac12\varepsilon^221​ε2 on the squared bias; the geometric bound (7) on ∑lhl−1\sum_l h_l^{-1}∑l​hl−1​; and, for each of the three regimes β=1\beta=1β=1, β>1\beta>1β>1, β<1\beta<1β<1, a choice of NlN_lNl​ with a 12ε2\frac12\varepsilon^221​ε2 bound on the variance (using the geometric bounds (8) and (9) in the last two) and an explicit cost bound with an explicit constant c4c_4c4​. In case β=1\beta=1β=1 the bound L+1≤c5log⁡ε−1L+1\le c_5\log\varepsilon^{-1}L+1≤c5​logε−1 on the number of levels is a separate milestone.

What the result gives

The theorem turns the multilevel idea into a complexity statement: whenever a discretisation has weak order α\alphaα and its level corrections have variance decay β\betaβ, the cost of accuracy ε\varepsilonε is known up to a constant. It identifies β\betaβ as the parameter governing the method, explains where the effort is spent (coarse levels for β>1\beta>1β>1, fine levels for β<1\beta<1β<1), and is the template that later multilevel analyses (Milstein schemes, multi-index Monte Carlo, randomised MLMC) follow and refine.

The result is proved in the paper and widely reused. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. The mission produces one: a Lean statement of the abstract theorem and of each step of the proof, with the paper's explicit constants. Its probabilistic content is light (linearity of expectation, the bias-variance decomposition, Bienaymé's identity for independent variables); most of the work is careful real analysis with ceilings, logarithms and real powers.

Where the difficulty lies

No single step is deep; the difficulty is bookkeeping under exact constants. The obvious argument "choose hL≈εh_L\approx\varepsilonhL​≈ε, choose Nl∝ε−2hl(β+1)/2N_l\propto\varepsilon^{-2}h_l^{(\beta+1)/2}Nl​∝ε−2hl(β+1)/2​" is asymptotic. The theorem demands, for every ε<e−1\varepsilon<e^{-1}ε<e−1, an exact bound with a constant independent of ε\varepsilonε. This forces the integer ceilings in LLL and NlN_lNl​ to be controlled explicitly (each ceiling adds one sample per level, whose total cost is (7)), the number of levels to be bounded by a multiple of log⁡ε−1\log\varepsilon^{-1}logε−1, and the three geometric series to be summed with constants independent of LLL. The strict inequality MSE<ε2\mathrm{MSE}<\varepsilon^2MSE<ε2 is not delivered by the paper's own choice in case β=1\beta=1β=1, where both halves give only ≤12ε2\le\frac12\varepsilon^2≤21​ε2; a solver must adjust the sample sizes.

Formalization scope

PPP, P^l\widehat P_lPl​ and the level estimators are arbitrary real random variables on a probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ); the SDE and its discretisation enter the theorem only through (i)–(iv), so they are not modelled. This makes the statement more general, not weaker. Expectations are Bochner integrals and VVV is Mathlib's variance. The conventions are:

  • the level estimator is indexed by level and sample size, Y^l(n)\widehat Y_l^{(n)}Yl(n)​, and (ii), (iii), (iv), square integrability and mutual independence of (Y^l(Nl))l(\widehat Y_l^{(N_l)})_l(Yl(Nl​)​)l​ are assumed for every sample size n≥1n\ge1n≥1 (every choice of Nl≥1N_l\ge1Nl​≥1), because the conclusion chooses the sample sizes;
  • (i) carries an absolute value: the page prints the one-sided E[P^l−P]≤c1hlαE[\widehat P_l-P]\le c_1h_l^\alphaE[Pl​−P]≤c1​hlα​, under which the theorem is false;
  • PPP and P^l\widehat P_lPl​ are integrable and Y^l(n)∈L2\widehat Y_l^{(n)}\in L^2Yl(n)​∈L2, because Lean's integral and variance return 000 off these classes;
  • M≥2M\ge2M≥2 (the paper's standing assumption), T>0T>0T>0, and ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 (implicit in "ε<e−1\varepsilon<e^{-1}ε<e−1");
  • the cost Cl(n)C_l^{(n)}Cl(n)​ is an abstract real number constrained only by (iv), and C=∑l=0LClC=\sum_{l=0}^LC_lC=∑l=0L​Cl​;
  • LLL in (6) is an integer ceiling, which can be negative for large ε\varepsilonε; the milestones with explicit constants assume it is a natural number, a case the paper's proof assumes silently, while the goal does not;
  • real powers are Real.rpow, ⌈⋅⌉\lceil\cdot\rceil⌈⋅⌉ is Int.ceil for LLL and Nat.ceil for NlN_lNl​ (whose arguments are positive).

A formalization in which the cost is defined as c3∑lNlhl−1c_3\sum_lN_lh_l^{-1}c3​∑l​Nl​hl−1​, in which (ii)–(iv) hold only for one fixed sample size, or in which the MSE and cost bounds are proved for different LLL and NlN_lNl​, is a different and weaker theorem and is ruled out by the statement.

Infrastructure needed: geometric-series bounds with real ratios, floor and ceiling estimates for logarithms, and Bienaymé's identity (Mathlib's IndepFun.variance_sum). The bias-variance decomposition MSE=V[Y^]+(E[Y^]−E[P])2\mathrm{MSE}=V[\widehat Y]+(E[\widehat Y]-E[P])^2MSE=V[Y]+(E[Y]−E[P])2 for L2L^2L2 variables is reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones, and alternative proofs of the goal, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Operations Research 56(3):607–617, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
  • A. Kebaier, Statistical Romberg extrapolation: a new variance reduction method and applications to option pricing, Annals of Applied Probability 15(4):2681–2705, 2005 (cited as reference in Giles 2008, p. 617).
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo methods, Acta Numerica 24:259–328, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1017/S096249291500001X
  • S. Heinrich, Multilevel Monte Carlo methods, Large-Scale Scientific Computing, LNCS 2179, 58–67, Springer, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-45346-6_5
15 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

A Dual Algorithm for the Solution of Nonlinear Variational Problems via Finite Element Approximation 2: Internal Approximations Under (4.1)–(4.3) Have Solutions v_h Converging Strongly to vResearch Paper

Motivation

An infinite dimensional variational problem can be described by continuous linear operators and convex functionals, yet numerical work needs finite dimensional spaces. The question is whether a solution computed in a finite dimensional approximation still approaches the solution of the original problem when the approximation is refined. Gabay and Mercier's IRIA report studies this question alongside a dual algorithm. Its Section 4 gives a convergence statement for internal approximations of the primal problem. The result is relevant to finite element methods because it identifies conditions on the discrete spaces, discrete operators, and nonsmooth part of the objective that ensure convergence of the minimizers.

The report is the June 1975 preprint of a 1976 journal paper. This mission follows the pinned report version, hal-04716124v1, whose theorem and equation numbers are used throughout. Its Section 4 first states the abstract approximation theorem and then turns to a concrete finite element construction. The abstract theorem is the target here. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20–23.

Setting

Let VVV and YYY be real Hilbert spaces, and let A:V→YA:V\to YA:V→Y be a continuous linear operator. A continuous linear functional b∈V′b\in V'b∈V′ supplies a linear term. Let f2:Y→(−∞,+∞]f_2:Y\to(-\infty,+\infty]f2​:Y→(−∞,+∞] be a proper, convex, lower semicontinuous function. Its value may be +∞+\infty+∞, which excludes an inadmissible point. The continuous problem (P)({\cal P})(P) is to minimize

J(v)=12∥Av∥2+f2(Av)−⟨b,v⟩,v∈V.J(v)=\frac12\|Av\|^2+f_2(Av)-\langle b,v\rangle,\qquad v\in V.J(v)=21​∥Av∥2+f2​(Av)−⟨b,v⟩,v∈V.

A solution has finite objective value and minimizes JJJ over all of VVV. The report's coercivity condition (2.5) supplies α>0\alpha>0α>0 such that ∥Av∥2≥α2∥v∥2\|Av\|^2\ge\alpha^2\|v\|^2∥Av∥2≥α2∥v∥2 for every v∈Vv\in Vv∈V. It also assumes the interior of the effective domain of f2f_2f2​ is nonempty. The proof of Proposition 2.1 explicitly requires a point v0∈Vv_0\in Vv0​∈V with f2(Av0)<+∞f_2(Av_0)<+\inftyf2​(Av0​)<+∞; this feasibility condition is made explicit here. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 8–9.

For each approximation index kkk, let Vk⊆VV_k\subseteq VVk​⊆V be a finite dimensional subspace and Ak:Vk→YA_k:V_k\to YAk​:Vk​→Y a continuous linear operator. The discrete problem (Pk)({\cal P}_k)(Pk​) minimizes 12∥Akw∥2+f2(Akw)−⟨b,w⟩\frac12\|A_kw\|^2+f_2(A_kw)-\langle b,w\rangle21​∥Ak​w∥2+f2​(Ak​w)−⟨b,w⟩ over w∈Vkw\in V_kw∈Vk​. The same AkA_kAk​ appears in both terms involving the image of www. The report also describes a subspace Yh⊆YY_h\subseteq YYh​⊆Y containing the range of AhA_hAh​; the abstract convergence claim uses those images only as elements of YYY. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20, 23.

The operator assumptions (4.1) include uniform constants α′>0\alpha'>0α′>0 and MMM with α′∥w∥≤∥Akw∥≤M∥w∥\alpha'\|w\|\le\|A_kw\|\le M\|w\|α′∥w∥≤∥Ak​w∥≤M∥w∥, preservation of weak and strong limits, and ∥Akw−Aw∥→0\|A_kw-Aw\|\to0∥Ak​w−Aw∥→0 for uniformly bounded families. The compatibility condition (4.3) requires, for each v∈Vv\in Vv∈V, points wk∈Vkw_k\in V_kwk​∈Vk​ with wk→vw_k\to vwk​→v and f2(Akwk)→f2(Av)f_2(A_kw_k)\to f_2(Av)f2​(Ak​wk​)→f2​(Av). The latter limit is extended valued when necessary. These conditions define what counts as an internal approximation for this theorem. Gabay and Mercier, p. 20.

Formalization targets

The main target is Theorem 4.1. The continuous problem has a unique solution v∗v^*v∗; the discrete problems have unique solutions for all sufficiently fine approximations; and

vk∗⟶v∗strongly in V.v_k^*\longrightarrow v^*\quad\text{strongly in }V.vk∗​⟶v∗strongly in V.

The theorem's phrase “in VhV_hVh​ strongly” is read in the common ambient space VVV, because the spaces VhV_hVh​ vary. The claim covers every selection of discrete minimizers once they exist. The paper's conditions allow a few early discrete problems to be infeasible, so existence is asserted eventually. Gabay and Mercier, p. 21, Theorem 4.1.

The milestone list follows the report's own path from the application of Proposition 2.1 on p. 20 through the variational inequality (4.4), the bound after (4.5), weak convergence after (4.7), the estimate (4.8), and the limits (4.10)–(4.11). The equations (4.5) and (4.8) contain printing slips; their milestone excerpts preserve the printed text, while their formal statements use the mathematically consistent readings explained with each item. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 21–22.

Significance

The theorem gives a precise guarantee for a family of finite dimensional problems: a computed minimizer is meaningful as an approximation to the unique solution of the infinite dimensional problem when the discretization satisfies the stated conditions. The operator AkA_kAk​ may differ from the restriction of AAA to VkV_kVk​, and the nonsmooth term f2f_2f2​ may assign +∞+\infty+∞ outside its domain. The conclusion therefore covers settings in which simply restricting the continuous objective to a subspace would describe the wrong numerical problem. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20–23.

The result is proved in the report; the remaining task is a machine checked proof of the abstract approximation theorem and its cited intermediate claims. A formal development would also leave reusable statements about extended valued convex minimization, weak convergence of Hilbert space sequences, and uniformly consistent discrete operators. This proposal supplies statements for those claims; it does not claim that they already have machine checked proofs.

Difficulty

Strong convergence cannot be read off from a bound on the discrete solution norms. Uniform boundedness yields only access to weak limits in the Hilbert space; the solution's images and the nonsmooth objective must still behave correctly under the varying operators. Weak convergence of vk∗v_k^*vk∗​ alone also does not imply convergence in norm. A proof must keep the weak limit, the lower semicontinuity of f2f_2f2​, and the discrepancy between AkA_kAk​ and AAA aligned under the same approximation assumptions. The fact that f2f_2f2​ may be infinite makes unguarded subtraction of its values invalid. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 21–22.

Formalization scope

Lean uses real complete inner product spaces for VVV and YYY, continuous linear maps for AAA and AkA_kAk​, and StrongDual ℝ V for bbb. The index k→∞k\to\inftyk→∞ represents a sequence of mesh parameters hk→0h_k\to0hk​→0; the report's convergence claims are sequential. Each VkV_kVk​ is finite dimensional. The codomain spaces YhY_hYh​ are suppressed through their inclusions in YYY. Weak convergence uses all Hilbert inner products as tests, while “strongly” means convergence in the norm topology.

The function f2f_2f2​ takes values in EReal, with properness excluding −∞-\infty−∞. Its limit in (4.3) uses the extended real topology. The quadratic term is real valued. A solution must have a finite objective value, and the continuous problem must have a feasible point. The section's interior-domain assumption (2.4) is retained even though the abstract proof does not use it. Condition (4.1)(iv) quantifies over every uniformly bounded family. These choices rule out the vacuous interpretation in which all continuous or discrete objective values are +∞+\infty+∞.

The report's f1(y)=12∥y∥2f_1(y)=\frac12\|y\|^2f1​(y)=21​∥y∥2 automatically satisfies the earlier gradient monotonicity requirement (2.3). The published InertialFB.IFB.ConvexAnalysis definition provides properness, convexity, and weak convergence with matching conventions. The new local definition supplies the two objectives, solution predicates, and approximation hypotheses. Contributions proving the goal and its milestones are welcome; separate treatments of the concrete triangulation and quadrature construction of Proposition 4.1 are outside this mission. Gabay and Mercier, pp. 20–26.

Selected references

  • D. Gabay and B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of non linear variational problems via finite element approximation, IRIA Rapport de Recherche no. 126, June 1975, hal-04716124v1. This report is the version whose numbering the mission uses.
  • D. Gabay and B. Mercier, A dual algorithm for the solution of nonlinear variational problems via finite element approximation, Computers & Mathematics with Applications 2 (1976) 17–40, doi:10.1016/0898-1221(76)90003-1. The journal version; its numbering is not used here.
13 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationPartial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

Mean Field Games: Numerical Methods for the Planning Problem II: Solutions of the Penalized Scheme Converge to a Solution of the Discrete Planning Scheme as ε → 0Research Paper

Motivation

Mean field games (MFG), introduced by Lasry and Lions and by Huang, Caines and Malhamé, describe Nash equilibria of very large populations of identical rational agents. The equilibrium is a coupled system: a backward Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation for the value function uuu of a representative agent and a forward Fokker–Planck equation for the density mmm of the population. In the planning problem, proposed by P.-L. Lions, both the initial density m0m_0m0​ and the final density mTm_TmT​ are prescribed, and one asks for a cost structure under which the population moves from one to the other. This is a mean field analogue of optimal transport.

Achdou, Camilli and Capuzzo-Dolcetta (hal-00465404, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2012) propose finite-difference schemes for the planning problem. Mission I of this series treats the existence of a solution of the discrete planning scheme. Since the two boundary conditions on mmm make the discrete system hard to solve directly, the paper also introduces a penalized scheme, in which the initial condition M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​ is replaced by a penalty U0=(M0−m0)/εU^0 = (M^0 - m_0)/\varepsilonU0=(M0−m0​)/ε; for each ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 this is a standard discrete MFG system with a unique solution. This mission formalizes the paper's §3.2: the penalized solutions converge, as ε→0\varepsilon \to 0ε→0, to a solution of the planning scheme.

Setting

Fix integers Nh≥1N_h \ge 1Nh​≥1, NT≥1N_T \ge 1NT​≥1, a horizon T>0T > 0T>0 and a viscosity ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0; put h=1/Nhh = 1/N_hh=1/Nh​ and Δt=T/NT\Delta t = T/N_TΔt=T/NT​. The grid Th2\mathbb T^2_hTh2​ consists of the points xi,jx_{i,j}xi,j​, (i,j)∈(Z/NhZ)2(i,j) \in (\mathbb Z/N_h\mathbb Z)^2(i,j)∈(Z/Nh​Z)2 (periodic indices). A grid function is a real function on Th2\mathbb T^2_hTh2​; time levels are n=0,…,NTn = 0, \dots, N_Tn=0,…,NT​.

  • (D1+U)i,j=(Ui+1,j−Ui,j)/h(D_1^+U)_{i,j} = (U_{i+1,j} - U_{i,j})/h(D1+​U)i,j​=(Ui+1,j​−Ui,j​)/h, (D2+U)i,j=(Ui,j+1−Ui,j)/h(D_2^+U)_{i,j} = (U_{i,j+1} - U_{i,j})/h(D2+​U)i,j​=(Ui,j+1​−Ui,j​)/h, and the discrete gradient is [DhU]i,j=((D1+U)i,j,(D1+U)i−1,j,(D2+U)i,j,(D2+U)i,j−1)∈R4[D_hU]_{i,j} = ((D_1^+U)_{i,j}, (D_1^+U)_{i-1,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j-1}) \in \mathbb R^4[Dh​U]i,j​=((D1+​U)i,j​,(D1+​U)i−1,j​,(D2+​U)i,j​,(D2+​U)i,j−1​)∈R4.
  • Δh\Delta_hΔh​ is the five-point Laplacian.
  • A numerical Hamiltonian g(xi,j,q)g(x_{i,j}, q)g(xi,j​,q), q∈R4q \in \mathbb R^4q∈R4, is monotone (G1), C1C^1C1 (G3), convex (G4) and coercive (G5) in qqq.
  • Bi,j(U,M)\mathcal B_{i,j}(U, M)Bi,j​(U,M) is the discrete transport term divh(M ∇qg(⋅,[DhU]))\mathrm{div}_h\big(M\,\nabla_q g(\cdot, [D_hU])\big)divh​(M∇q​g(⋅,[Dh​U])).
  • W:R→RW : \mathbb R \to \mathbb RW:R→R is strictly convex, superlinear and C2C^2C2, with V=W′V = W'V=W′ (hypothesis (24)).
  • K={M≥0:h2∑i,jMi,j=1}\mathcal K = \{M \ge 0 : h^2\sum_{i,j} M_{i,j} = 1\}K={M≥0:h2∑i,j​Mi,j​=1} is the set of discrete probability densities, and m0,mT∈Km_0, m_T \in \mathcal Km0​,mT​∈K with m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0.

The planning scheme (18) asks for families (Un,Mn)(U^n, M^n)(Un,Mn) with, for n<NTn < N_Tn<NT​,

Un+1−UnΔt−νΔhUn+1+g(x,[DhUn+1])=V(Mn),Mn+1−MnΔt+νΔhMn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,\frac{U^{n+1} - U^n}{\Delta t} - \nu\Delta_hU^{n+1} + g(x, [D_hU^{n+1}]) = V(M^n), \qquad \frac{M^{n+1} - M^n}{\Delta t} + \nu\Delta_hM^n + \mathcal B(U^{n+1}, M^n) = 0,ΔtUn+1−Un​−νΔh​Un+1+g(x,[Dh​Un+1])=V(Mn),ΔtMn+1−Mn​+νΔh​Mn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,

Mn∈KM^n \in \mathcal KMn∈K, M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​ and MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​. The penalized scheme (20)–(23) has the same two equations, Mn∈KM^n \in \mathcal KMn∈K for n<NTn < N_Tn<NT​, MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​, and U0=(M0−m0)/εU^0 = (M^0 - m_0)/\varepsilonU0=(M0−m0​)/ε in place of M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4

Under the hypotheses of Theorem 1, for every sequence εk↓0\varepsilon_k \downarrow 0εk​↓0, every choice of penalized solutions (Uεk,Mεk)(U^{\varepsilon_k}, M^{\varepsilon_k})(Uεk​,Mεk​), and every limit Mεk→MM^{\varepsilon_k} \to MMεk​→M in KNT+1\mathcal K^{N_T+1}KNT​+1,

∃ U, a subsequence with Uεk→U,(U,M) solves (43)–(46).\exists\, U,\ \text{a subsequence with } U^{\varepsilon_k} \to U, \quad (U, M) \text{ solves (43)–(46)}.∃U, a subsequence with Uεk​→U,(U,M) solves (43)–(46).

If ggg is strictly convex, the whole sequence (Uεk,Mεk)(U^{\varepsilon_k}, M^{\varepsilon_k})(Uεk​,Mεk​) converges to the unique solution of (43)–(46) with ∑i,jUi,j0=0\sum_{i,j} U^0_{i,j} = 0∑i,j​Ui,j0​=0.

Milestones

  1. (13): (G5) implies max⁡i,jg(xi,j,[DhU]i,j)/∥[DhU]∥∞→+∞\max_{i,j} g(x_{i,j}, [D_hU]_{i,j}) / \|[D_hU]\|_\infty \to +\inftymaxi,j​g(xi,j​,[Dh​U]i,j​)/∥[Dh​U]∥∞​→+∞.
  2. Theorem 2: the penalized control problem (50), min⁡Θ∗(M,Z)+12εΔt∑(M0−m0)2\min \Theta^*(M,Z) + \frac{1}{2\varepsilon\Delta t}\sum(M^0 - m_0)^2minΘ∗(M,Z)+2εΔt1​∑(M0−m0​)2 under the discrete Fokker–Planck constraint, has a minimizer whose optimality system is (20)–(23).
  3. Proposition 2: max⁡i,j∣Mi,jε,0−(m0)i,j∣≤Cε1/2\max_{i,j}|M^{\varepsilon,0}_{i,j} - (m_0)_{i,j}| \le C\varepsilon^{1/2}maxi,j​∣Mi,jε,0​−(m0​)i,j​∣≤Cε1/2.
  4. Proposition 3: max⁡n,i,j∣Ui,jε,n∣≤C\max_{n,i,j}|U^{\varepsilon,n}_{i,j}| \le Cmaxn,i,j​∣Ui,jε,n​∣≤C.
  5. Corollary 1: max⁡i,j∣Mi,jε,0−(m0)i,j∣≤Cε\max_{i,j}|M^{\varepsilon,0}_{i,j} - (m_0)_{i,j}| \le C\varepsilonmaxi,j​∣Mi,jε,0​−(m0​)i,j​∣≤Cε.
  6. Proposition 1: uniqueness of MMM for (18), and of UUU normalized by ∑U0=0\sum U^0 = 0∑U0=0 when ggg is strictly convex.

In 3–5 the constant CCC depends on hhh, Δt\Delta tΔt and the data, never on ε\varepsilonε.

Significance

Proposition 4 justifies the penalized scheme as a way to compute solutions of the discrete planning problem. The penalized system has a standard initial–terminal structure that Newton's method (the paper's §4) handles well. The planning system does not, because it prescribes two conditions on MMM and none on UUU. The estimates of Propositions 2–3 and Corollary 1 also give a rate: the initial mismatch of the penalized density is O(ε)O(\varepsilon)O(ε).

The results are proved in the paper. None of them has been machine-checked: the platform holds no formalization of mean field games, of their finite-difference schemes, or of the Lasry–Lions monotonicity argument. A complete development would yield a reusable library of the monotone finite-difference operators on the discrete torus, a formal Lasry–Lions uniqueness argument for discrete MFG systems, and a template for compactness-plus-uniqueness convergence proofs in finite dimension.

Difficulty

Compactness of the densities is free, since KNT+1\mathcal K^{N_T+1}KNT​+1 is compact. Passing to the limit in the scheme needs only continuity of ggg, ∇qg\nabla_q g∇q​g and VVV. The substance lies in the two uniform estimates.

  • Bounding UεU^\varepsilonUε uniformly in ε\varepsilonε (Proposition 3) is the central difficulty. The initial condition Uε,0=(Mε,0−m0)/εU^{\varepsilon,0} = (M^{\varepsilon,0} - m_0)/\varepsilonUε,0=(Mε,0−m0​)/ε involves division by ε\varepsilonε, so the obvious bound ∣Uε,0∣≤2/(h2ε)|U^{\varepsilon,0}| \le 2/(h^2\varepsilon)∣Uε,0∣≤2/(h2ε) blows up. The comparison principle for the discrete HJB equation, which is the natural first idea, cannot repair this: it propagates whatever bound U0U^0U0 has. The HJB equation alone does not bound UεU^\varepsilonUε; the coupling with the Fokker–Planck equation, the coercivity (13), and a lower bound on Mε,0M^{\varepsilon,0}Mε,0 that is uniform in ε\varepsilonε (which is where Proposition 2 enters) all have to be used.
  • Proposition 2 compares the penalized problem with the planning problem through the convex duality of Theorem 2. It therefore needs a solution of the planning scheme, which is mission I's goal.
  • Proposition 1 needs the discrete Lasry–Lions identity, a summation by parts across the coupled system.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace MFGPlanning.Penalized.

  • Grid points are ZMod Nh × ZMod Nh (periodicity is built in), time levels are Fin (NT + 1), and the four momentum components q1,…,q4q_1, \dots, q_4q1​,…,q4​ are Fin 4 indices 0, …, 3.
  • The data structure carries Nh,NT≥1N_h, N_T \ge 1Nh​,NT​≥1, T>0T > 0T>0 and ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0.
  • ggg is given only at the grid points. (G2), which only defines the continuous Hamiltonian, is not encoded.
  • "Coercive" in (24) is read as superlinear.
  • Vh[M]=V(Mi,j)V_h[M] = V(M_{i,j})Vh​[M]=V(Mi,j​), as (24) prescribes.
  • Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ and (W+χ)∗(W+\chi)^*(W+χ)∗ take values in EReal, so unbounded suprema are +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Convergence is in the product topology, which on these finite-dimensional spaces is max⁡n∥⋅∥∞\max_n \|\cdot\|_\inftymaxn​∥⋅∥∞​ convergence.
  • "The unique solution" of (43)–(46) means unique under the normalization ∑i,jUi,j0=0\sum_{i,j} U^0_{i,j} = 0∑i,j​Ui,j0​=0, because UUU is otherwise determined only up to a constant.

Three trivializing formalizations are ruled out. The constants in Propositions 2–3 and Corollary 1 are quantified before ε\varepsilonε and before the solution. The goal quantifies over every sequence εk→0\varepsilon_k \to 0εk​→0 and assumes no convergence of UUU and no limit solution. Its part 2 does not assume convergence of MMM.

The existence of a solution of the planning scheme (Theorem 1) is posed in mission I and not restated here. A solver of Proposition 2 will need it once mission I's goal is proved. The existence and uniqueness of solutions of (20)–(23) are quoted by the paper from Achdou–Capuzzo-Dolcetta (2010) and are not items. Welcome contributions include discrete summation-by-parts lemmas on the torus, the discrete comparison principle for monotone schemes, and the Poincaré-type inequality ∥W∥∞≤c∥[DhW]∥∞\|W\|_\infty \le c\|[D_hW]\|_\infty∥W∥∞​≤c∥[Dh​W]∥∞​ on zero-mean grid functions.

Selected references

  • Y. Achdou, F. Camilli, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods for the planning problem, HAL preprint hal-00465404v1, 2010; SIAM J. Control Optim. 50 (2012). https://hal.science/hal-00465404v1, https://doi.org/10.1137/100790069
  • Y. Achdou, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 48 (2010) 1136–1162. https://doi.org/10.1137/090758477
  • J.-M. Lasry, P.-L. Lions, Mean field games, Japanese Journal of Mathematics 2 (2007) 229–260. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11537-007-0657-8
  • M. Huang, R. P. Malhamé, P. E. Caines, Large population stochastic dynamic games: closed-loop McKean–Vlasov systems and the Nash certainty equivalence principle, Communications in Information and Systems 6 (2006) 221–252. https://doi.org/10.4310/CIS.2006.v6.n3.a5
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Convex OptimizationPartial Differential Equations·Captain: mikedeng1

Mean Field Games: Numerical Methods for the Planning Problem I: The Discrete Planning Scheme Has a Solution, Given by a Fenchel–Rockafellar Saddle PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean field games (Lasry and Lions, 2006–2007; Huang, Malhamé and Caines, 2006) model the limit of a large population of identical rational agents. Each agent solves an optimal control problem whose cost depends on the distribution mmm of all agents, and the distribution is in turn transported by the agents' optimal feedback. In the continuous setting this gives a coupled system: a backward Hamilton–Jacobi equation for the value function uuu and a forward Fokker–Planck equation for the density mmm.

In the usual formulation, mmm is prescribed at the initial time and uuu at the final time. The planning problem, introduced by P.-L. Lions in his Collège de France lectures, prescribes instead both the initial density m0m_0m0​ and the final density mTm_TmT​, and asks for a cost (through uuu) that steers the population from one to the other. According to the paper (§1, pp. 2–3), Lions proved existence for the continuous planning problem in mainly two cases: ν=0\nu = 0ν=0 with a smooth, strictly convex, superlinear Hamiltonian; and ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 with H(p)=c∣p∣2H(p) = c|p|^2H(p)=c∣p∣2 or close to it. In both cases the coupling is local and the densities are smooth and bounded away from 000. Existence for ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 and more general Hamiltonians was then open, and for sublinear HHH, m0≠mTm_0\ne m_Tm0​=mT​ and short horizons there is no solution.

Achdou, Camilli and Capuzzo-Dolcetta (hal-00465404, 2010; SIAM J. Control Optim. 2012) introduced a finite-difference scheme for the planning problem and proved that the discrete system has a solution. The proof writes the scheme as the optimality system of a discrete optimal control problem, a Fokker–Planck equation driven by a control, and obtains a solution from a saddle point given by the Fenchel–Rockafellar duality theorem. This mission formalizes that existence result: Theorem 1 of §3.1 together with the lemmas on which its proof rests.

Setting

Fix integers Nh,NT≥1N_h, N_T \ge 1Nh​,NT​≥1, a horizon T>0T > 0T>0 and a viscosity ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0; let h=1/Nhh = 1/N_hh=1/Nh​ and Δt=T/NT\Delta t = T/N_TΔt=T/NT​. The grid Th2\mathbb T^2_hTh2​ is the periodic Nh×NhN_h\times N_hNh​×Nh​ grid on the two-dimensional torus, with points xi,jx_{i,j}xi,j​, (i,j)∈(Z/Nh)2(i,j)\in(\mathbb Z/N_h)^2(i,j)∈(Z/Nh​)2. On grid functions UUU the scheme uses the forward differences D1+D_1^+D1+​, D2+D_2^+D2+​, the four-component discrete gradient [DhU]i,j=((D1+U)i,j,(D1+U)i−1,j,(D2+U)i,j,(D2+U)i,j−1)[D_hU]_{i,j} = ((D_1^+U)_{i,j}, (D_1^+U)_{i-1,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j-1})[Dh​U]i,j​=((D1+​U)i,j​,(D1+​U)i−1,j​,(D2+​U)i,j​,(D2+​U)i,j−1​), the five-point Laplacian Δh\Delta_hΔh​, a discrete divergence divh\mathrm{div}_hdivh​ of four-component fields, and the transport operator B(U,M)=divh(M ∇qg(⋅,[DhU]))\mathcal B(U, M) = \mathrm{div}_h(M\,\nabla_q g(\cdot, [D_hU]))B(U,M)=divh​(M∇q​g(⋅,[Dh​U])).

A numerical Hamiltonian g(xi,j,q1,q2,q3,q4)g(x_{i,j}, q_1,q_2,q_3,q_4)g(xi,j​,q1​,q2​,q3​,q4​) is monotone (nonincreasing in q1,q3q_1, q_3q1​,q3​, nondecreasing in q2,q4q_2, q_4q2​,q4​), C1C^1C1, convex, and superlinearly coercive in the directions where monotonicity does not bound it. The coupling is local: V=W′V = W'V=W′, with WWW strictly convex, superlinear and C2C^2C2. The set K\mathcal KK consists of the discrete probability densities, h2∑i,jMi,j=1h^2\sum_{i,j}M_{i,j} = 1h2∑i,j​Mi,j​=1, M≥0M\ge 0M≥0. The discrete planning scheme (18) asks for (Un,Mn)0≤n≤NT(U^n, M^n)_{0\le n\le N_T}(Un,Mn)0≤n≤NT​​ with

Un+1−UnΔt−νΔhUn+1+g(x,[DhUn+1])=V(Mn),Mn+1−MnΔt+νΔhMn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,\frac{U^{n+1}-U^n}{\Delta t} - \nu\Delta_hU^{n+1} + g(x,[D_hU^{n+1}]) = V(M^n),\qquad \frac{M^{n+1}-M^n}{\Delta t} + \nu\Delta_hM^n + \mathcal B(U^{n+1},M^n) = 0,ΔtUn+1−Un​−νΔh​Un+1+g(x,[Dh​Un+1])=V(Mn),ΔtMn+1−Mn​+νΔh​Mn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,

for 0≤n<NT0\le n<N_T0≤n<NT​, with Mn∈KM^n\in\mathcal KMn∈K, M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​ and MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​.

The duality is set up as follows. With χ\chiχ the indicator of {m≥0}\{m\ge0\}{m≥0}, let Θ(α,β)=∑n,i,j(W+χ)∗(αi,jn+g(xi,j,[βn]i,j))\Theta(\alpha,\beta) = \sum_{n,i,j}(W+\chi)^*(\alpha^n_{i,j} + g(x_{i,j},[\beta^n]_{i,j}))Θ(α,β)=∑n,i,j​(W+χ)∗(αi,jn​+g(xi,j​,[βn]i,j​)) on dual variables (αn,βn)1≤n≤NT(\alpha^n,\beta^n)_{1\le n\le N_T}(αn,βn)1≤n≤NT​​. Let Λ(Ψ)\Lambda(\Psi)Λ(Ψ) be the linear map sending Ψ=(Ψn)0≤n≤NT\Psi = (\Psi^n)_{0\le n\le N_T}Ψ=(Ψn)0≤n≤NT​​ to the discrete Hamilton–Jacobi operator and the discrete gradient of Ψn+1\Psi^{n+1}Ψn+1. Let Σ(α,β)=F(Ψ)\Sigma(\alpha,\beta) = \mathcal F(\Psi)Σ(α,β)=F(Ψ) if (α,β)=Λ(Ψ)(\alpha,\beta) = \Lambda(\Psi)(α,β)=Λ(Ψ) with ∑Ψ0=0\sum\Psi^0 = 0∑Ψ0=0, and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise, where F(Ψ)=1Δt(∑m0Ψ0−∑mTΨNT)\mathcal F(\Psi) = \frac1{\Delta t}(\sum m_0\Psi^0 - \sum m_T\Psi^{N_T})F(Ψ)=Δt1​(∑m0​Ψ0−∑mT​ΨNT​). The Legendre–Fenchel transforms Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗, Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ act on primal variables (Mn,Zn)0≤n<NT(M^n, Z^n)_{0\le n<N_T}(Mn,Zn)0≤n<NT​​, where MnM^nMn is paired with αn+1\alpha^{n+1}αn+1 (Remark 2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Under (G1), (G3)–(G5), (24), m0,mT∈Km_0, m_T\in\mathcal Km0​,mT​∈K, m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0, and either ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 or (ν=0\nu = 0ν=0 and mT>0m_T > 0mT​>0):

min⁡M,Z Θ∗(M,Z)+Σ∗(−M,−Z)=−min⁡α,β(Θ(α,β)+Σ(α,β))\min_{M,Z}\ \Theta^*(M,Z) + \Sigma^*(-M,-Z) = -\min_{\alpha,\beta}\big(\Theta(\alpha,\beta) + \Sigma(\alpha,\beta)\big)M,Zmin​ Θ∗(M,Z)+Σ∗(−M,−Z)=−α,βmin​(Θ(α,β)+Σ(α,β))

has a solution (M,Z)(M,Z)(M,Z), (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β) with a finite common value. Moreover (α,β)=Λ(U)(\alpha,\beta) = \Lambda(U)(α,β)=Λ(U) for some UUU, and (U,M)(U, M)(U,M), with MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​ appended, solves the scheme (18), with Zk,n=Mn ∂qkg(x,[DhUn+1])Z^{k,n} = M^n\,\partial_{q_k}g(x,[D_hU^{n+1}])Zk,n=Mn∂qk​​g(x,[Dh​Un+1]).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. §3.1, p. 7. VVV maps (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) onto (λ,∞)(\lambda,\infty)(λ,∞); (W+χ)∗(W+\chi)^*(W+χ)∗ is finite, convex, continuous and nondecreasing, with explicit values on and off JV\mathcal J_VJV​.
  2. Lemma 1. Θ\ThetaΘ is convex and continuous, Σ\SigmaΣ is convex and l.s.c., and Σ\SigmaΣ and Θ\ThetaΘ are both finite at some point.
  3. Lemma 2. Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ and Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ are convex and l.s.c., with explicit formulas.
  4. (30). Σ∗(−M,−Z)\Sigma^*(-M,-Z)Σ∗(−M,−Z) is 000 on the constraint set of the control problem (26) and +∞+\infty+∞ off it.
  5. Lemma 3. If m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0, some (M,Z)(M,Z)(M,Z) has Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗, Σ∗(−M,−Z)\Sigma^*(-M,-Z)Σ∗(−M,−Z) finite and Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ finite and continuous near it.
  6. Positivity. A discrete strong maximum principle from the proof of Theorem 1: densities in K\mathcal KK that solve the discrete Fokker–Planck equation (42) are strictly positive before the final time.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the existence result for the finite-difference planning problem. It is used in the paper's second part (§3.2), where solutions of a penalized scheme, in which the final condition is relaxed into a penalty, are shown to converge to a solution of (18) as the penalty parameter vanishes. The penalized scheme is what is solved numerically. The discrete existence result covers general convex, monotone, coercive numerical Hamiltonians and every ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0, which includes discretizations of the continuous cases that were still open when the paper was written.

The result has a published proof. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version of it: a complete discrete model of the planning problem (grid, operators, scheme, duality functionals) and the convex-analytic chain that connects it to the Fenchel–Rockafellar theorem. As far as a search of the platform shows, no part of this has been formalized; the series' second mission formalizes the convergence of the penalized scheme on the same model.

Difficulty

Existence for a coupled forward–backward nonlinear system with conditions at both ends of the time interval is not reachable by a fixed-point or time-marching argument: the Hamilton–Jacobi equation runs backward and the Fokker–Planck equation forward, and the final density is imposed rather than computed. The approach goes through duality, and three points are delicate.

  1. All the functionals in the duality take the value +∞+\infty+∞, and Fenchel–Rockafellar needs a qualification condition on each side. Lemma 1 gives it for the dual problem; Lemma 3 gives it for the primal one, and needs m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0 and the coercivity (G5).
  2. The optimality conditions only give a complementarity system: the Hamilton–Jacobi equation holds where Mn>0M^n > 0Mn>0 and becomes an inequality where Mn=0M^n = 0Mn=0. Recovering the scheme (18) needs the strict positivity of MnM^nMn, a discrete strong maximum principle. That principle uses the monotonicity (G1) and either diffusion or a positive final density.
  3. The bookkeeping of the time lag between primal and dual variables and of the discrete integration by parts in Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ must be exact.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace MFGPlanning.Existence. A structure Data carries Nh,NT≥1N_h, N_T \ge 1Nh​,NT​≥1, T>0T > 0T>0, ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0, ggg at the grid points, WWW, m0m_0m0​ and mTm_TmT​. Committed conventions:

  • grid indices are ZMod Nh × ZMod Nh (periodic), and d=2d = 2d=2 as in the paper;
  • the components q1,…,q4q_1,\dots,q_4q1​,…,q4​ and Z1,…,Z4Z^1,\dots,Z^4Z1,…,Z4 are the Fin 4 indices 0..3;
  • time levels are Fin (NT+1) for UUU and the scheme, and Fin NT for the duality variables. M k is MkM^kMk and α k is αk+1\alpha^{k+1}αk+1 (Remark 2), and Fin.snoc M mT appends MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​;
  • (W+χ)∗(W+\chi)^*(W+χ)∗, Θ\ThetaΘ, Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗, Σ\SigmaΣ, Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ are EReal-valued lattice suprema and infima, so unbounded suprema are +∞+\infty+∞ and not a junk value. Convexity of an extended-valued functional is convexity of its epigraph.

Disclosed encodings:

  • (G2) is not encoded, since it only defines the continuous Hamiltonian;
  • "coercive" in (24) is read as superlinear growth W(m)/∣m∣→∞W(m)/|m|\to\inftyW(m)/∣m∣→∞, which the paper's own consequence V((0,∞))=(λ,∞)V((0,\infty)) = (\lambda,\infty)V((0,∞))=(λ,∞) requires;
  • ggg is given only at grid points;
  • the optimality conditions (32)–(33) are stated through what Theorem 1 says they are equivalent to: the scheme (18) and the relation (39).

Theorem 1 is not reducible to "the scheme (18) has a solution". The goal also asserts that the primal and dual problems attain their minima, that there is no duality gap with a finite value, and that (α,β)=Λ(U)(\alpha,\beta) = \Lambda(U)(α,β)=Λ(U). The duality functionals are never real-valued suprema, which would make (30) and (31) hold or fail for junk reasons. A complete development needs finite-dimensional convex analysis on extended-valued functions: conjugates, the Fenchel–Rockafellar theorem with attainment, and subdifferential optimality conditions. These parts are reusable well beyond this mission, and proofs of them as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Achdou, F. Camilli, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods for the planning problem, preprint hal-00465404v1, 2010. https://hal.science/hal-00465404 ; published in SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(1), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100790069
  • Y. Achdou, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 48(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090758477
  • J.-M. Lasry, P.-L. Lions, Mean field games, Japanese Journal of Mathematics 2(1), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11537-007-0657-8
  • I. Ekeland, R. Temam, Convex Analysis and Variational Problems, North-Holland, 1976 (SIAM Classics reprint 1999). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971088
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
Calculus of VariationsControl TheoryDynamic Programming+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Bellman's Dynamic Programming VII: Convergence of Discrete Approximations in the Calculus of VariationsTextbook

Motivation

Chapter IX of Richard Bellman's Dynamic Programming (Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks edition 2010, DOI 10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f) recasts problems of the calculus of variations with constraints as dynamic programming processes. A variational problem with an inequality constraint on the control, such as 0≤y≤x0 \le y \le x0≤y≤x, is awkward for the classical Euler–Lagrange theory: the optimal control switches between the constraint boundary and the interior, and the number and location of the switches are unknown in advance. Bellman's proposal is to replace the continuous problem by a discrete-time one and to solve that by the recurrence relations of dynamic programming, a procedure he describes as the more reliable computational one "in cases treated to date" (§ 11, p. 260).

That proposal is sound only if the discrete values converge to the continuous value as the time step goes to zero. Chapter IX states one such convergence result, Theorem 2 of § 12, and proves it through an Euler-scheme error estimate. The same chapter works through an example (§§ 10–11) whose discrete version is described by Theorem 1. Both are the subject of this mission. The convergence of time-discretized dynamic programming to the continuous value function has since become a standard topic of numerical optimal control (for example the semi-Lagrangian schemes analysed by Capuzzo-Dolcetta and Falcone), and Bellman's § 12 is an early rigorous instance of it.

Setting

A state x(t)≥0x(t) \ge 0x(t)≥0 evolves on a horizon [0,T][0, T][0,T] under a control y(t)y(t)y(t) with 0≤y≤x0 \le y \le x0≤y≤x, a running reward F(x,y)F(x, y)F(x,y) and dynamics

dxdt=G(x,y),x(0)=c.\frac{dx}{dt} = G(x, y), \qquad x(0) = c .dtdx​=G(x,y),x(0)=c.

Writing y=φxy = \varphi xy=φx with a fractional control 0≤φ≤10 \le \varphi \le 10≤φ≤1 turns FFF and GGG into F~(x,φ)=F(x,φx)\tilde F(x, \varphi) = F(x, \varphi x)F~(x,φ)=F(x,φx) and G~(x,φ)=G(x,φx)\tilde G(x, \varphi) = G(x, \varphi x)G~(x,φ)=G(x,φx) (phiForm). The continuous value is

f(c,T)=sup⁡φ∫0TF~(x(t),φ(t)) dt,f(c, T) = \sup_{\varphi} \int_0^T \tilde F(x(t), \varphi(t))\, dt,f(c,T)=φsup​∫0T​F~(x(t),φ(t))dt,

over measurable φ\varphiφ with values in [0,1][0, 1][0,1], where xxx solves x(t)=c+∫0tG~(x(s),φ(s)) dsx(t) = c + \int_0^t \tilde G(x(s), \varphi(s))\,dsx(t)=c+∫0t​G~(x(s),φ(s))ds on [0,T][0, T][0,T] (IsTrajectory, contValue).

For n=1,2,…n = 1, 2, \dotsn=1,2,… the discrete problem uses step 1/n1/n1/n and N=⌊Tn⌋N = \lfloor Tn \rfloorN=⌊Tn⌋ steps (horizonSteps): for φ0,…,φN∈[0,1]\varphi_0, \dots, \varphi_N \in [0, 1]φ0​,…,φN​∈[0,1],

x0=c,xk+1=xk+G~(xk,φk)n,JN({φk},n)=∑k=0NF~(xk,φk)n,x_0 = c, \quad x_{k+1} = x_k + \frac{\tilde G(x_k, \varphi_k)}{n}, \qquad J_N(\{\varphi_k\}, n) = \sum_{k=0}^{N} \frac{\tilde F(x_k, \varphi_k)}{n},x0​=c,xk+1​=xk​+nG~(xk​,φk​)​,JN​({φk​},n)=k=0∑N​nF~(xk​,φk​)​,

and f(c,T,n)=max⁡JNf(c, T, n) = \max J_Nf(c,T,n)=maxJN​ (eulerTraj, discretePayoff, discreteValue). A discrete control defines the step control φ(t)=φk\varphi(t) = \varphi_kφ(t)=φk​ on k/n≤t<(k+1)/nk/n \le t < (k+1)/nk/n≤t<(k+1)/n (stepControl).

The example of §§ 10–11 has a gain function bbb with b(0)=0b(0) = 0b(0)=0, b′(0)=∞b'(0) = \inftyb′(0)=∞, b′>0b' > 0b′>0, b′(y)→0b'(y) \to 0b′(y)→0 as y→∞y \to \inftyy→∞, b′′<0b'' < 0b′′<0 (IsGainFunction; b(y)=y1/2b(y) = y^{1/2}b(y)=y1/2 is one), and value functions (uSeq)

u0(c)=c,uN+1(c)=max⁡0≤v≤c [c−v+uN(c+b(v))].u_0(c) = c, \qquad u_{N+1}(c) = \max_{0 \le v \le c}\,\bigl[c - v + u_N(c + b(v))\bigr].u0​(c)=c,uN+1​(c)=0≤v≤cmax​[c−v+uN​(c+b(v))].

Formalization targets

Goal: Chapter IX, Theorem 2 (corrected)

Assume (11): (a) FFF and GGG have continuous second partial derivatives; (b) px≤G(x,y)≤qx+rpx \le G(x, y) \le qx + rpx≤G(x,y)≤qx+r for x>0x > 0x>0, 0≤y≤x0 \le y \le x0≤y≤x; (c) Gy>0G_y > 0Gy​>0 throughout that region, or Gy<0G_y < 0Gy​<0 throughout. Then for all c≥0c \ge 0c≥0, T>0T > 0T>0, the set of continuous payoffs is nonempty and bounded above, and

lim⁡n→∞f(c,T,n)=f(c,T).\lim_{n \to \infty} f(c, T, n) = f(c, T).n→∞lim​f(c,T,n)=f(c,T).

Milestones

  1. Chapter IX, Theorem 1: the structure of uNu_NuN​. There are vN(c)v_N(c)vN​(c) and thresholds cNc_NcN​ with vNv_NvN​ decreasing in ccc, vN+1>vNv_{N+1} > v_NvN+1​>vN​, cNc_NcN​ the unique fixed point of vNv_NvN​ with cN+1>cNc_{N+1} > c_NcN+1​>cN​, uN(c)=uN−1(c+b(c))u_N(c) = u_{N-1}(c + b(c))uN​(c)=uN−1​(c+b(c)) for c≤cNc \le c_Nc≤cN​, uN(c)=c−vN(c)+uN−1(c+b(vN(c)))u_N(c) = c - v_N(c) + u_{N-1}(c + b(v_N(c)))uN​(c)=c−vN​(c)+uN−1​(c+b(vN​(c))) for c≥cNc \ge c_Nc≥cN​, and uN′≥uN−1′u_N' \ge u_{N-1}'uN′​≥uN−1′​.
  2. § 12, Lemma (corrected): for GGG Lipschitz on [m,M]×[0,1][m, M] \times [0, 1][m,M]×[0,1], the Euler states with a step control are within κ/n\kappa / nκ/n of the exact solution on [0,T][0, T][0,T].
  3. Eq. (12.13): ∣J(φ)−JN({φk},n)∣≤B′/n|J(\varphi) - J_N(\{\varphi_k\}, n)| \le B'/n∣J(φ)−JN​({φk​},n)∣≤B′/n for step controls.
  4. Eq. (12.14): f(c,T,n)≤f(c,T)+B′/nf(c, T, n) \le f(c, T) + B'/nf(c,T,n)≤f(c,T)+B′/n for all n≥1n \ge 1n≥1.
  5. Eq. (12.17): f(c,T)≤lim inf⁡n→∞f(c,T,n)f(c, T) \le \liminf_{n \to \infty} f(c, T, n)f(c,T)≤liminfn→∞​f(c,T,n).

Milestones 3–5 are stated for c>0c > 0c>0, as in the book's proof ("Given c>0c > 0c>0 and T>0T > 0T>0"); the goal is stated for c≥0c \ge 0c≥0, as in the theorem.

Significance

Theorem 2 says that the value of a constrained continuous-time control problem can be computed, to any accuracy, by the finite recurrence of dynamic programming on a time grid. Its upper half (12.14) gives a rate: the discrete value never exceeds the continuous one by more than B′/nB'/nB′/n. The lower half (12.17) needs no rate and holds because measurable controls are approximated by step controls. Theorem 1 is a discrete counterpart of the transition curve computed in § 10: below the threshold cNc_NcN​ the whole state is invested, above it an interior amount, and the thresholds increase with the number of remaining stages.

As far as the mission's author could establish, none of these results has a machine-checked proof. The Euler error estimate is classical and has a Gronwall-type proof; Mathlib contains Gronwall's inequality (Analysis/ODE/Gronwall) and Picard–Lindelöf for continuous right-hand sides, but no convergence theory for the value of discretized control problems. The book leaves the proof of Theorem 1 to the reader.

Difficulty

The upper bound (12.14) follows from the Lemma once the continuous and the discrete trajectories are known to stay in a common bounded strip m≤x≤Mm \le x \le Mm≤x≤M; that uniform bound is what assumption (11b) provides and must be established first. The lower bound is where the obvious argument fails: an arbitrary measurable control is not a step control on the grid k/nk/nk/n, and passing to a step control changes the trajectory, so the payoff must be shown continuous under almost-everywhere convergence of controls. This uses the trajectory's dependence on the control in L1L^1L1, not only on the initial value. Solutions exist in the Carathéodory sense only, so the integral form of the equation is required. For Theorem 1 the induction must carry concavity of uNu_NuN​ and a strict comparison of marginal values across NNN, and uNu_NuN​ is not differentiable at c=0c = 0c=0, where b′(0)=∞b'(0) = \inftyb′(0)=∞.

Formalization scope

States, controls and rewards are real; F,G,b:R→RF, G, b : \mathbb R \to \mathbb RF,G,b:R→R (or R→R→R\mathbb R \to \mathbb R \to \mathbb RR→R→R), with the hypotheses imposed where the book imposes them. The conventions:

  • Misprint in (12.5). The print sets N=[T/n]N = [T/n]N=[T/n] while using the step 1/n1/n1/n in (12.6) and the intervals k/n≤t<(k+1)/nk/n \le t < (k+1)/nk/n≤t<(k+1)/n in the Lemma. Under the literal reading the discrete horizon N/nN/nN/n tends to 000 and Theorem 2 is false: for F≡1F \equiv 1F≡1, G(x,y)=yG(x, y) = yG(x,y)=y (which satisfies (11) with p=0p = 0p=0, q=1q = 1q=1, r=0r = 0r=0, Gy=1G_y = 1Gy​=1) and T=1T = 1T=1, f(c,1)=1f(c, 1) = 1f(c,1)=1 but f(c,1,n)=1/nf(c, 1, n) = 1/nf(c,1,n)=1/n for n≥2n \ge 2n≥2. The mission uses N=⌊Tn⌋N = \lfloor Tn \rfloorN=⌊Tn⌋ and keeps the book's sum ∑k=0N\sum_{k=0}^{N}∑k=0N​; the range "k=0,…,n−1k = 0, \dots, n - 1k=0,…,n−1" in (12.6) is read as k=0,…,N−1k = 0, \dots, N - 1k=0,…,N−1.
  • Lemma. Its range "0≤t≤N0 \le t \le N0≤t≤N" is read as 0≤t≤T0 \le t \le T0≤t≤T. The bounds m≤x≤Mm \le x \le Mm≤x≤M are required of the solution x(t)x(t)x(t) as well as of the sequence xkx_kxk​, since a Lipschitz condition on the strip says nothing about GGG outside it; the proof of Theorem 2 supplies both bounds. The constant may depend on mmm, MMM and the Lipschitz constant.
  • Assumptions (11) are on the original F(x,y)F(x, y)F(x,y), G(x,y)G(x, y)G(x,y), with (11a) read as C2C^2C2 on R2\mathbb R^2R2; the problem is posed through y=φxy = \varphi xy=φx.
  • "Max" over measurable controls is a supremum (the proof picks ε\varepsilonε-optimal controls). The goal asserts that the set of payoffs is nonempty and bounded above, so the Lean supremum cannot take its default value 000. Trajectories satisfy the integral equation with integrable right-hand side, and the reward is required integrable, so the Bochner integral's default 000 cannot enter either.
  • Theorem 1. (5a) is read as non-strict monotonicity: for N=1N = 1N=1 the interior optimum solves b′(v)=1b'(v) = 1b′(v)=1 and is constant in ccc. vN(c)≥0v_N(c) \ge 0vN​(c)≥0 is required for c≥cNc \ge c_Nc≥cN​, so that vN(c)v_N(c)vN​(c) is a feasible choice. (5f) presupposes differentiability and is stated where both derivatives exist.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the discrete and continuous values are defined from FFF and GGG by the book's recursions and integrals, not assumed as hypotheses, and the corrected step count is not a free parameter.

Needed infrastructure: Carathéodory existence and uniqueness for Lipschitz right-hand sides with measurable controls, Gronwall estimates for the Euler scheme, and approximation of measurable controls by step functions. All three are reusable beyond this mission, and contributions of any of them are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Bellman, Dynamic Programming, Princeton University Press, 1957; Princeton Landmarks in Mathematics edition, 2010. Chapter IX, §§ 10–12, pp. 256–263. DOI 10.2307/j.ctv1nxcw0f
  • I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, On a discrete approximation of the Hamilton–Jacobi equation of dynamic programming, Applied Mathematics and Optimization 10 (1983) 367–377. DOI 10.1007/BF01448394
  • M. Bardi and I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Optimal Control and Viscosity Solutions of Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman Equations, Birkhäuser, 1997. DOI 10.1007/978-0-8176-4755-1
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Linear OptimizationTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: Lucas

Extended Smale's 9th Problem I: no algorithm computes K digits of LP minimisersResearch Paper

Motivation

Linear programming is usually described as "solvable in polynomial time", but that statement is about rational inputs given exactly. In Smale's list of problems for the 21st century (Smale 1998), Problem 9 asks for a polynomial-time algorithm over the reals deciding the feasibility of Ax≥yAx \ge yAx≥y, and Smale explicitly calls for "models which process approximate inputs and which permit round-off computations". Real data such as 2\sqrt 22​, entries of a discrete cosine transform, or even 1/31/31/3 in floating point can only be accessed approximately.

Bastounis, Hansen and Vlačić pose the extended Smale's 9th problem: in a model where the algorithm can only query approximations of the input to any requested accuracy, can one compute minimisers of linear programming, basis pursuit and Lasso to KKK correct digits? Their Main Theorem I (Theorem 3.4) shows that the answer depends on KKK in a sharp way: for a suitable class of well-conditioned, bounded inputs, no algorithm at all (not only no efficient one) produces KKK correct digits, while K−1K-1K−1 digits are computable (but not in bounded time) and K−2K-2K−2 digits are computable in polynomial time.

This mission targets the first, impossibility, half of Theorem 3.4(i) for linear programming.

Setting

Linear program. For A∈Rm×NA \in \mathbb R^{m\times N}A∈Rm×N, y∈Rmy\in\mathbb R^my∈Rm and c=1N=(1,…,1)c = \mathbf 1_N=(1,\dots,1)c=1N​=(1,…,1), the solution set is

Ξ(y,A)=argmin⁡x∈RN ⟨x,c⟩subject toAx=y, x≥0.\Xi(y,A) = \operatorname*{argmin}_{x\in\mathbb R^N}\ \langle x, c\rangle \quad\text{subject to}\quad Ax = y,\ x\ge 0 .Ξ(y,A)=x∈RNargmin​ ⟨x,c⟩subject toAx=y, x≥0.

It is a subset of MN=RNM_N = \mathbb R^NMN​=RN with the ℓp\ell^pℓp norm, p∈[1,∞]p\in[1,\infty]p∈[1,∞]. An input is a pair ι=(y,A)\iota = (y,A)ι=(y,A), and the evaluations of ι\iotaι are its coordinates yiy_iyi​ and entries AijA_{ij}Aij​.

Extended model (Δ1\Delta_1Δ1​-information). Let Dn={k2−n:k∈Z}D_n = \{k2^{-n} : k\in\mathbb Z\}Dn​={k2−n:k∈Z}. An oracle representation of ι\iotaι is a family ι~=(ι~j,n)\tilde\iota = (\tilde\iota_{j,n})ι~=(ι~j,n​), indexed by evaluations jjj and accuracies n=1,2,…n = 1,2,\dotsn=1,2,…, with ι~j,n∈Dn+iDn\tilde\iota_{j,n}\in D_n + iD_nι~j,n​∈Dn​+iDn​ and ∣ι~j,n−fj(ι)∣≤2−n|\tilde\iota_{j,n} - f_j(\iota)|\le 2^{-n}∣ι~j,n​−fj​(ι)∣≤2−n. An algorithm must succeed on every oracle representation of every input.

General algorithm. To make impossibility results independent of the machine model, the paper uses general algorithms (Definition 9.3): a map Γ\GammaΓ from inputs to M∪{NH}M\cup\{\mathrm{NH}\}M∪{NH} (NH\mathrm{NH}NH = no output) together with a nonempty set ΛΓ(ι)\Lambda_\Gamma(\iota)ΛΓ​(ι) of evaluations read on ι\iotaι. This set is finite whenever Γ\GammaΓ halts. The output is determined by the values read, and any input that agrees on those values reads the same set. Turing machines and BSS machines with an oracle are special cases; general algorithms can even solve the halting problem.

Error and breakdown epsilon. The error is dist⁡(Γ(ι),Ξ(ι))=inf⁡ξ∈Ξ(ι)d(Γ(ι),ξ)\operatorname{dist}(\Gamma(\iota),\Xi(\iota)) = \inf_{\xi\in\Xi(\iota)} d(\Gamma(\iota),\xi)dist(Γ(ι),Ξ(ι))=infξ∈Ξ(ι)​d(Γ(ι),ξ), with distance ∞\infty∞ from NH\mathrm{NH}NH. The strong breakdown epsilon εBs\varepsilon_B^sεBs​ is the supremum of all ε≥0\varepsilon\ge 0ε≥0 such that every general algorithm has error >ε>\varepsilon>ε on some input (Definition 9.17).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.4(i), deterministic part, for LP

For every integer K≥1K\ge1K≥1, all dimensions 4≤m<N4\le m<N4≤m<N and every p∈[1,∞]p\in[1,\infty]p∈[1,∞] there is a nonempty class Ωm,N\Omega_{m,N}Ωm,N​ of inputs (y,A)(y,A)(y,A) with nonempty solution sets, ∥y∥∞≤2\|y\|_\infty\le 2∥y∥∞​≤2 and ∥A∥max⁡=1\|A\|_{\max}=1∥A∥max​=1, such that

¬ ∃ Γ general algorithm on oracle representations:∀ ι~,  dist⁡ℓp(Γ(ι~), Ξ(ι))≤10−K.\neg\,\exists\,\Gamma\ \text{general algorithm on oracle representations}:\quad \forall\,\tilde\iota,\ \ \operatorname{dist}_{\ell^p}\big(\Gamma(\tilde\iota),\,\Xi(\iota)\big)\le 10^{-K}.¬∃Γ general algorithm on oracle representations:∀ι~,  distℓp​(Γ(ι~),Ξ(ι))≤10−K.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 11.1: the explicit solution sets of the LP inputs (y1e1,A(α,β,m,N))(y_1e_1, A(\alpha,\beta,m,N))(y1​e1​,A(α,β,m,N)).
  2. Proposition 10.5 (ii), deterministic part: two input sequences that converge in evaluation to a common input and whose solutions stay κ\kappaκ apart force εBs≥κ/2\varepsilon_B^s\ge\kappa/2εBs​≥κ/2 for a suitable choice of Δ1\Delta_1Δ1​-information.
  3. §9.6, (i) ⇒ (ii): a lower bound on εBs\varepsilon_B^sεBs​ for one specific Δ1\Delta_1Δ1​-information transfers to the problem with all oracle representations.
  4. Proposition 9.32 (i) (deterministic consequence via Proposition 10.1): εBs>10−K\varepsilon_B^s>10^{-K}εBs​>10−K for LP on a suitable Ωm,N\Omega_{m,N}Ωm,N​.

Significance

The theorem shows that for LP with inexact input, being non-computable in Turing's sense does not rule out a finer complexity theory. The paper builds a "KKK / K−1K-1K−1 / K−2K-2K−2 digits" classification on this. It also explains why established solvers can return wrong answers with a success flag on small, well-conditioned LPs (§4 of the paper), and it bears on computer-assisted proofs that rely on inexact LP, such as the Flyspeck proof of the Kepler conjecture.

The result is proved on paper. As far as the proposer knows, it has not been machine-checked. This mission formalizes the deterministic impossibility part for LP and puts in place reusable infrastructure: general algorithms, breakdown epsilons and Δ1\Delta_1Δ1​-information. That infrastructure is the base for later missions on the randomised parts of Theorem 3.4(i)–(ii), the weak breakdown epsilon (iii), the exit-flag theorem (Theorem 5.1), and basis pursuit and Lasso.

Difficulty

The obvious objection is that LP is in P for rational inputs, so some rounding scheme ought to work. It fails because an algorithm must halt after reading finitely many approximations. Two inputs that agree to that accuracy but have minimisers far apart then receive the same output. Setting this up needs a notion of algorithm strong enough to cover every computational model, a precise Δ1\Delta_1Δ1​-information model in which the adversary controls the approximations, and explicit LP geometry in which an arbitrarily small perturbation of AAA moves the minimiser by a fixed amount.

Formalization scope

  • Inputs are (y,A)∈(Fin m→R)×Matrix(Fin m)(Fin N) R(y,A)\in(\mathrm{Fin}\,m\to\mathbb R)\times\mathrm{Matrix}(\mathrm{Fin}\,m)(\mathrm{Fin}\,N)\,\mathbb R(y,A)∈(Finm→R)×Matrix(Finm)(FinN)R. Evaluations are complex-valued, as in Definition 9.2. Outputs lie in PiLp p (Fin N → ℝ).
  • A general algorithm is a structure with an output run : Ω → Option M (none = NH) and a read set queried, satisfying the axioms (i)–(iii) of Definition 9.3.
  • Errors take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] (ℝ≥0∞), and the error of NH is ∞\infty∞. The infimum over an empty solution set is ∞\infty∞. The goal also requires nonempty solution sets, so no junk value enters.
  • Oracle accuracies are indexed by n∈{1,2,… }n\in\{1,2,\dots\}n∈{1,2,…} (ℕ+). An oracle input is stored as a pair (input, oracle family), and algorithms can read only the oracle family.
  • Out of scope: randomised algorithms, the positive statements (iii)–(iv), runtime, and the condition-number bounds Cond(AA∗)≤3.2\mathrm{Cond}(AA^*)\le3.2Cond(AA∗)≤3.2, CFP≤4C_{FP}\le4CFP​≤4, Cond(Ξ)≤179\mathrm{Cond}(\Xi)\le179Cond(Ξ)≤179.

Selected references

  • A. Bastounis, A. C. Hansen, V. Vlačić, The extended Smale's 9th problem — On computational barriers and paradoxes in estimation, regularisation, computer-assisted proofs, and learning, preprint (2021).
  • S. Smale, Mathematical problems for the next century, Math. Intelligencer 20 (1998). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF03025291
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian 4: Metric Subregularity of ∂L_γ Implies the VP-EB Error BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in signal processing, statistics and engineering design have the form of a nonconvex, possibly nonsmooth objective subject to nonlinear equality constraints. Zhu, Zhao and Zhang (arXiv:2007.12219v1, 2020; published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) propose NAPP-AL, a first-order primal-dual method that takes one linearized step on the augmented Lagrangian per iteration. Their analysis has three layers: subsequential convergence with an o(1/k)o(1/\sqrt k)o(1/k​) stationarity rate (§4), linear convergence under a new value proximity error bound (VP-EB, §5), and sufficient conditions for VP-EB (§6).

This mission formalizes the second sufficient condition: metric subregularity of the stationarity map, together with a local value condition on nearby stationary points, implies VP-EB. Metric subregularity is a standard regularity notion of variational analysis (Dontchev–Rockafellar), and error bounds of this kind are the classical route to linear convergence (Luo–Tseng). The paper attributes the cost-to-go inequality it relies on to Tseng and Yun [18]. A companion mission treats the KL-property route (Proposition 6.1); a third proves linear convergence from VP-EB (Theorem 5.1).

Setting

Write w=(u,v,p)∈Rn×Rd×Rmw=(u,v,p)\in\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^mw=(u,v,p)∈Rn×Rd×Rm with the Euclidean norm of the stacked vector, ∥w∥=∥u∥2+∥v∥2+∥p∥2\|w\|=\sqrt{\|u\|^2+\|v\|^2+\|p\|^2}∥w∥=∥u∥2+∥v∥2+∥p∥2​, and B(wˉ;η)\mathbb B(\bar w;\eta)B(wˉ;η) the open ball. The problem (P) is

min⁡u∈U, v∈Rd F(u,v)=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,Θ=Ω+Φ,\min_{u\in U,\,v\in\mathbb R^d}\ F(u,v)=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \Theta(u)+Bv=0,\qquad \Theta=\Omega+\Phi,u∈U,v∈Rdmin​ F(u,v)=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,Θ=Ω+Φ,

with G,HG,HG,H smooth with Lipschitz gradients, JJJ lower semicontinuous and locally Lipschitz near UUU, UUU closed and convex, Θ\ThetaΘ Lipschitz, each component of Ω\OmegaΩ with Lipschitz gradient, and BBB an m×dm\times dm×d matrix of full column rank with Im Θ⊆Im B\mathrm{Im}\,\Theta\subseteq\mathrm{Im}\,BImΘ⊆ImB; FFF is bounded below and coercive on the feasible set (Assumption 1).

The augmented Lagrangian is Lγ(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+γ2∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2\mathcal L_\gamma(w)=F(u,v)+\langle p,\Theta(u)+Bv\rangle+\tfrac\gamma2\|\Theta(u)+Bv\|^2Lγ​(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+2γ​∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2. The set ∂Lγ(w)\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)∂Lγ​(w) is the KKT display of p. 6: with r=Θ(u)+Bvr=\Theta(u)+Bvr=Θ(u)+Bv, it collects the triples

(∇uG+∂J(u)+NU(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤[p+γr],  ∇vG+∇H(v)+B⊤[p+γr],  r),\big(\nabla_uG+\partial J(u)+N_U(u)+(\nabla\Theta(u))^\top[p+\gamma r],\ \ \nabla_vG+\nabla H(v)+B^\top[p+\gamma r],\ \ r\big),(∇u​G+∂J(u)+NU​(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤[p+γr],  ∇v​G+∇H(v)+B⊤[p+γr],  r),

with ∂J\partial J∂J the limiting subdifferential and NUN_UNU​ the normal cone. A point is stationary if 0∈∂Lγ(w)0\in\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)0∈∂Lγ​(w); Wˉ\bar{\mathbf W}Wˉ is the set of stationary points. Distances follow the paper's convention: dist(x,C)=inf⁡z∈C∥x−z∥\mathrm{dist}(x,C)=\inf_{z\in C}\|x-z\|dist(x,C)=infz∈C​∥x−z∥, and dist(x,∅)=+∞\mathrm{dist}(x,\emptyset)=+\inftydist(x,∅)=+∞.

NAPP-AL keeps qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk)q^k=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^k)+Bv^k)qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk), takes uk+1u^{k+1}uk+1 as a global minimizer over UUU of a linearized model with a Bregman term D(u,uk)/ϵkD(u,u^k)/\epsilon^kD(u,uk)/ϵk, vk+1v^{k+1}vk+1 as the minimizer of a strongly convex quadratic, and sets pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1)p^{k+1}=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^{k+1})+Bv^{k+1})pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1). The step ϵk\epsilon^kϵk lies in [σδk,δk][\sigma\delta_k,\delta_k][σδk​,δk​] with δk\delta_kδk​ given explicitly by (8), and γ>(57+1)(LG+LH)/(2λmin⁡(B⊤B))\gamma>(\sqrt{57}+1)(L_G+L_H)/(2\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B))γ>(57​+1)(LG​+LH​)/(2λmin​(B⊤B)) (Assumption 2).

VP-EB at wˉ\bar wwˉ (Definition 5.1): there are κ1,η,ν>0\kappa_1,\eta,\nu>0κ1​,η,ν>0 such that Lγ(wk+1)−Lγ(wˉ)≤κ1∥wk−wk+1∥2\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})-\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)\le\kappa_1\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2Lγ​(wk+1)−Lγ​(wˉ)≤κ1​∥wk−wk+1∥2 whenever wk+1∈B(wˉ;η)w^{k+1}\in\mathbb B(\bar w;\eta)wk+1∈B(wˉ;η) and Lγ(wk+1)<Lγ(wˉ)+ν\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})<\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)+\nuLγ​(wk+1)<Lγ​(wˉ)+ν.

Metric subregularity (Definition 6.2): ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​ is metrically subregular around (wˉ,0)(\bar w,0)(wˉ,0) if, for some η,κ3>0\eta,\kappa_3>0η,κ3​>0, dist(w,Wˉ)≤κ3 dist(0,∂Lγ(w))\mathrm{dist}(w,\bar{\mathbf W})\le\kappa_3\,\mathrm{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w))dist(w,Wˉ)≤κ3​dist(0,∂Lγ​(w)) for all w∈B(wˉ;η)w\in\mathbb B(\bar w;\eta)w∈B(wˉ;η). Assumption 3 at a stationary wˉ∈Wˉ\bar w\in\bar{\mathbf W}wˉ∈Wˉ: for some δ>0\delta>0δ>0, Lγ(w)≤Lγ(wˉ)\mathcal L_\gamma(w)\le\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)Lγ​(w)≤Lγ​(wˉ) for all w∈Wˉw\in\bar{\mathbf W}w∈Wˉ with ∥w−wˉ∥≤δ\|w-\bar w\|\le\delta∥w−wˉ∥≤δ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.2 (p. 26)

Let {wk}\{w^k\}{wk} be generated by NAPP-AL in the standing setting and let wˉ\bar wwˉ be a cluster point. If Assumption 3 holds at wˉ\bar wwˉ with δ\deltaδ, and ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​ is metrically subregular around (wˉ,0)(\bar w,0)(wˉ,0) with κ3>0\kappa_3>0κ3​>0 and η>0\eta>0η>0, η<δ\eta<\deltaη<δ, then

∃ κ1,η′,ν>0:wk+1∈B(wˉ;η′), Lγ(wk+1)<Lγ(wˉ)+ν ⟹ Lγ(wk+1)−Lγ(wˉ)≤κ1∥wk−wk+1∥2.\exists\,\kappa_1,\eta',\nu>0:\quad w^{k+1}\in\mathbb B(\bar w;\eta'),\ \mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})<\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)+\nu\ \Longrightarrow\ \mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})-\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)\le\kappa_1\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2 .∃κ1​,η′,ν>0:wk+1∈B(wˉ;η′), Lγ​(wk+1)<Lγ​(wˉ)+ν ⟹ Lγ​(wk+1)−Lγ​(wˉ)≤κ1​∥wk−wk+1∥2.

The constants are existential, as in Definition 5.1, so the statement survives any improvement of them.

Milestone: Lemma 6.1 (p. 23), the cost-to-go inequality

∀wˉ∈Wˉ  ∃ c6>0  ∀k:Lγ(wk+1)−Lγ(wˉ)≤c6(∥wˉ−wk+1∥2+∥wk−wk+1∥2).\forall\bar w\in\bar{\mathbf W}\ \ \exists\,c_6>0\ \ \forall k:\quad \mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})-\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)\le c_6\big(\|\bar w-w^{k+1}\|^2+\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2\big).∀wˉ∈Wˉ  ∃c6​>0  ∀k:Lγ​(wk+1)−Lγ​(wˉ)≤c6​(∥wˉ−wk+1∥2+∥wk−wk+1∥2).

Significance

The result. Combined with Theorem 5.1 of the paper, Proposition 6.2 gives finite length, convergence of the whole sequence, Q-linear convergence of the potential and R-linear convergence of the iterates whenever the stationarity map is metrically subregular at the limit and Assumption 3 holds there. Metric subregularity is known for broad classes, such as piecewise linear-quadratic problems and polyhedral multifunctions, so the proposition turns a structural property of the problem into a rate for this algorithm.

Formalizing it. The proposition is proved on paper; nothing about NAPP-AL has a machine-checked proof. The formalization makes two things exact that the paper leaves loose. First, the proposition’s proof needs a cost-to-go constant independent of the stationary point, and the proof of Lemma 6.1 supplies one even though the lemma’s printed statement fixes the point first. Second, the proposition's proof places the nearest stationary point wpk+1w_p^{k+1}wpk+1​ in B(wˉ;η)\mathbb B(\bar w;\eta)B(wˉ;η), while only ∥wpk+1−wˉ∥≤2η\|w_p^{k+1}-\bar w\|\le 2\eta∥wpk+1​−wˉ∥≤2η follows from its steps; the existential conclusion leaves room to shrink the radius. A formal proof settles both, and the general facts it needs (metric subregularity in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], closedness of limiting-subdifferential graphs) are reusable.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to combine subregularity with the residual bound of Theorem 4.1(iv), dist(0,∂Lγ(wk+1))≤c5∥wk−wk+1∥\mathrm{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1}))\le c_5\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|dist(0,∂Lγ​(wk+1))≤c5​∥wk−wk+1∥, which bounds the distance from wk+1w^{k+1}wk+1 to Wˉ\bar{\mathbf W}Wˉ by the step. The difficulty is transferring a distance bound into a value bound of second order: local Lipschitz continuity of Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ would bound Lγ(wk+1)−Lγ(wp)\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})-\mathcal L_\gamma(w_p)Lγ​(wk+1)−Lγ​(wp​) only by a multiple of ∥wk+1−wp∥\|w^{k+1}-w_p\|∥wk+1−wp​∥, which is first order in the step, while VP-EB asks for the square; and JJJ is nonsmooth and nonconvex, so no Taylor expansion at the stationary point is available. Moreover, the stationary point closest to wk+1w^{k+1}wk+1 changes with kkk. The proposition’s proof needs a cost-to-go inequality with a constant uniform over stationary points, which in turn rests on the boundedness of the iterates and on the lower bound for ϵk\epsilon^kϵk coming from (8). The radius bookkeeping between the subregularity ball, Assumption 3's radius and the VP-EB ball is a second, smaller obstacle.

Formalization scope

Rk\mathbb R^kRk is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k) and points are triples E n × E d × E m; every norm and ball uses the stacked Euclidean norm tnorm, never Lean's product (sup) norm. BBB is a continuous linear map with its operator norm (the spectral norm), never a Matrix with the entrywise norm; λmin⁡(B⊤B)\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)λmin​(B⊤B) is the Rayleigh minimum over the unit sphere. Distances dist(0,S)\mathrm{dist}(0,S)dist(0,S) and dist(w,S)\mathrm{dist}(w,S)dist(w,S) are infima in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on the empty set; Metric.infDist, which returns 000 on ∅\emptyset∅ and would make subregularity and the residual bounds trivial, is not used. The normal cone NU(u)N_U(u)NU​(u) is empty for u∉Uu\notin Uu∈/U, so a nonempty normal cone off UUU cannot manufacture stationary points. (H3)'s local Lipschitz continuity is read on neighbourhoods in Rn\mathbb R^nRn of points of UUU, not Mathlib's relative LocallyLipschitzOn.

Disclosed readings of the arXiv v1 text: G,J,HG,J,HG,J,H are real-valued with globally Lipschitz gradients; λmin⁡(B⊤B)>0\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)>0λmin​(B⊤B)>0; NAPP-AL is a relation on given sequences (any global minimizer may be selected; existence is not asserted); VP-EB is the inequality alone, without Definition 5.1's presupposition that the sequence converges to wˉ\bar wwˉ; "generated by NAPP-AL" in Lemma 6.1 and Proposition 6.2 carries the standing setting of Theorem 4.1 (Assumptions 1–2 and rule (8)); Lemma 6.1 follows the printed quantifier order; its proof supplies the uniform constant needed by Proposition 6.2. The radius of Assumption 3 is δ3 in Lean, distinct from the step sequence δk\delta_kδk​.

Welcome contributions: a proof of Lemma 6.1 from the optimality of (5)–(6), Lipschitz estimates and the bounds of Theorem 4.1(ii); the boundedness and residual results of Theorem 4.1 (formalized in the companion mission on the o(1/k)o(1/\sqrt k)o(1/k​) rate); closedness of Wˉ\bar{\mathbf W}Wˉ; and the radius argument of Proposition 6.2. The source is arXiv:2007.12219v1; numbering and constants of the published version are not used.

Selected references

  • D. Zhu, L. Zhao, S. Zhang, A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian, arXiv:2007.12219v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.12219v1
  • P. Tseng, S. Yun, A coordinate gradient descent method for nonsmooth separable minimization, Mathematical Programming 117, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0170-0
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, Error bounds and convergence analysis of feasible descent methods: a general approach, Annals of Operations Research 46, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02096261
  • A. L. Dontchev, R. T. Rockafellar, Implicit Functions and Solution Mappings, 2nd ed., Springer, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4939-1037-3
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian 3: The Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz Property with Exponent 1/2 Implies the VP-EB Error BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Augmented Lagrangian methods are a standard tool for constrained optimization, and first-order primal-dual variants of them are used when the objective is large, nonsmooth or nonconvex and second-order information is too expensive. Zhu, Zhao and Zhang (arXiv:2007.12219v1, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) analyse such a method, NAPP-AL (Nonconvex Auxiliary Problem Principle with Augmented Lagrangian), for problems with a nonlinear equality constraint, a closed convex set constraint, and a nonsmooth nonconvex term. They prove a sublinear rate in general and a linear rate under a local error bound they call the value proximity error bound (VP-EB).

An error bound is only useful if it holds in recognisable situations. Section 6 of the paper answers the question "can VP-EB ever be satisfied in a natural setting?" with two sufficient conditions. This mission formalizes the first: the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz (KL) property with exponent 1/21/21/2, the condition behind most linear-rate results for nonconvex first-order methods since Attouch and Bolte (Math. Program. 2009) and Bolte, Sabach and Teboulle (Math. Program. 2014).

Setting

The problem (P) is

min⁡u,v  F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,u∈U,\min_{u,v}\; F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \Theta(u)+Bv=0,\quad u\in U,u,vmin​F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0,u∈U,

with u∈Rnu\in\mathbb R^nu∈Rn, v∈Rdv\in\mathbb R^dv∈Rd, Θ=Ω+Φ:Rn→Rm\Theta=\Omega+\Phi:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mΘ=Ω+Φ:Rn→Rm, a linear map B:Rd→RmB:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^mB:Rd→Rm, GGG and HHH smooth, JJJ lower semicontinuous and possibly nonsmooth, and UUU closed and convex. Primal-dual points are w=(u,v,p)∈Rn×Rd×Rmw=(u,v,p)\in\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^mw=(u,v,p)∈Rn×Rd×Rm, with ∥w∥2=∥u∥2+∥v∥2+∥p∥2\|w\|^2=\|u\|^2+\|v\|^2+\|p\|^2∥w∥2=∥u∥2+∥v∥2+∥p∥2. The augmented Lagrangian with penalty γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 is

Lγ(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+γ2∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2.\mathcal L_\gamma(w)=F(u,v)+\langle p,\Theta(u)+Bv\rangle+\tfrac\gamma2\|\Theta(u)+Bv\|^2.Lγ​(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+2γ​∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2.

The stationarity set ∂Lγ(w)\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)∂Lγ​(w) (p. 6) collects the vectors (ξu,ξv,ξp)(\xi_u,\xi_v,\xi_p)(ξu​,ξv​,ξp​) with ξu∈∇uG+∂J(u)+NU(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y\xi_u\in\nabla_uG+\partial J(u)+N_U(u)+(\nabla\Theta(u))^\top yξu​∈∇u​G+∂J(u)+NU​(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y, ξv=∇vG+∇H(v)+B⊤y\xi_v=\nabla_vG+\nabla H(v)+B^\top yξv​=∇v​G+∇H(v)+B⊤y, ξp=Θ(u)+Bv\xi_p=\Theta(u)+Bvξp​=Θ(u)+Bv, where y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv)y=p+\gamma(\Theta(u)+Bv)y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv), ∂J\partial J∂J is the limiting subdifferential and NUN_UNU​ the normal cone. dist⁡(0,S)\operatorname{dist}(0,S)dist(0,S) is the least norm in SSS, and +∞+\infty+∞ when SSS is empty.

NAPP-AL updates uuu by minimizing over UUU a linearization of the smooth parts plus JJJ plus a Bregman term D(u,uk)/ϵkD(u,u^k)/\epsilon^kD(u,uk)/ϵk built from a strongly convex kernel KKK; it updates vvv by a linearized quadratic step and ppp by the multiplier step pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1)p^{k+1}=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^{k+1})+Bv^{k+1})pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1). The step ϵk\epsilon^kϵk lies in [σδk,δk][\sigma\delta_k,\delta_k][σδk​,δk​] with δk\delta_kδk​ given by the paper's formula (8). Assumptions 1 and 2 (Lipschitz gradients, Im⁡Θ⊆Im⁡B\operatorname{Im}\Theta\subseteq\operatorname{Im}BImΘ⊆ImB, coercivity on the feasible set, a lower bound on γ\gammaγ) are the paper's standing hypotheses.

For η,ν>0\eta,\nu>0η,ν>0 and Λ∗=Lγ(wˉ)\Lambda^*=\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)Λ∗=Lγ​(wˉ), let B(wˉ;η,ν)={w:∥w−wˉ∥<η, Λ∗<Lγ(w)<Λ∗+ν}\mathfrak B(\bar w;\eta,\nu)=\{w:\|w-\bar w\|<\eta,\ \Lambda^*<\mathcal L_\gamma(w)<\Lambda^*+\nu\}B(wˉ;η,ν)={w:∥w−wˉ∥<η, Λ∗<Lγ​(w)<Λ∗+ν}. Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ has the KL property at wˉ\bar wwˉ with exponent θ\thetaθ if, for some η,ν,κ2>0\eta,\nu,\kappa_2>0η,ν,κ2​>0,

[Lγ(w)−Lγ(wˉ)]θ≤κ2dist⁡(0,∂Lγ(w))∀w∈B(wˉ;η,ν).[\mathcal L_\gamma(w)-\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)]^\theta\le\kappa_2\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w))\qquad\forall w\in\mathfrak B(\bar w;\eta,\nu).[Lγ​(w)−Lγ​(wˉ)]θ≤κ2​dist(0,∂Lγ​(w))∀w∈B(wˉ;η,ν).

VP-EB holds at wˉ\bar wwˉ if, for some κ1,η,ν>0\kappa_1,\eta,\nu>0κ1​,η,ν>0, every iterate with ∥wk+1−wˉ∥<η\|w^{k+1}-\bar w\|<\eta∥wk+1−wˉ∥<η and Lγ(wk+1)<Lγ(wˉ)+ν\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})<\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)+\nuLγ​(wk+1)<Lγ​(wˉ)+ν satisfies Lγ(wk+1)−Lγ(wˉ)≤κ1∥wk−wk+1∥2\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})-\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)\le\kappa_1\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2Lγ​(wk+1)−Lγ​(wˉ)≤κ1​∥wk−wk+1∥2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.1 (p. 22)

For a run of NAPP-AL under Assumptions 1–2 and (8), and an accumulation point wˉ\bar wwˉ of {wk}\{w^k\}{wk}:

Lγ has the KL property at wˉ with exponent 12 ⟹ ∃ κ1,η′,ν′>0: VP-EB holds at wˉ.\mathcal L_\gamma\ \text{has the KL property at }\bar w\text{ with exponent }\tfrac12\ \Longrightarrow\ \exists\,\kappa_1,\eta',\nu'>0:\ \text{VP-EB holds at }\bar w.Lγ​ has the KL property at wˉ with exponent 21​ ⟹ ∃κ1​,η′,ν′>0: VP-EB holds at wˉ.

The constants of VP-EB are existential, as in Definition 5.1.

Milestone: Case 1 of the proof (p. 23)

There is c5>0c_5>0c5​>0 such that, whenever wk+1∈B(wˉ;η,ν)w^{k+1}\in\mathfrak B(\bar w;\eta,\nu)wk+1∈B(wˉ;η,ν),

Lγ(wk+1)−Λ∗≤κ22dist⁡2(0,∂Lγ(wk+1))≤(κ2c5)2∥wk−wk+1∥2.\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})-\Lambda^*\le\kappa_2^2\operatorname{dist}^2(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1}))\le(\kappa_2c_5)^2\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2.Lγ​(wk+1)−Λ∗≤κ22​dist2(0,∂Lγ​(wk+1))≤(κ2​c5​)2∥wk−wk+1∥2.

Significance

Proposition 6.1 turns the paper's Theorem 5.1 (linear convergence under VP-EB) into a statement about a property that is known to hold for wide classes of functions: semialgebraic and subanalytic functions satisfy KL inequalities, and exponent 1/21/21/2 is established for many structured problems (for instance by Li and Pong, Found. Comput. Math. 2018). With it, a user who verifies the KL exponent of Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ obtains a linear rate for NAPP-AL.

The result is proved in the paper; none of it is machine-checked. A formal proof requires the residual bound of Theorem 4.1(iv) for NAPP-AL, which the companion mission on the sublinear rate states as a milestone, and the conversion of a KL inequality on the strict level band into an error bound on the half band. A formal version also pins down a convention the paper leaves implicit: where the stationarity set is empty, the KL inequality is satisfied trivially because the distance is +∞+\infty+∞.

Difficulty

The deduction itself is short once Theorem 4.1(iv) is available; the difficulty is that Theorem 4.1(iv) is not. It asserts a uniform constant c5c_5c5​ with dist⁡(0,∂Lγ(wk+1))≤c5∥wk−wk+1∥\operatorname{dist}(0,\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1}))\le c_5\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|dist(0,∂Lγ​(wk+1))≤c5​∥wk−wk+1∥, which needs the boundedness of the iterates (from the sufficient decrease of the potential Λk\Lambda^kΛk and coercivity on the feasible set), a lower bound on the steps δk\delta_kδk​ through (8), and the optimality conditions of the nonsmooth, nonconvex subproblem (5), including the sum rule ∂(J+IU)⊆∂J+NU\partial(J+I_U)\subseteq\partial J+N_U∂(J+IU​)⊆∂J+NU​ under local Lipschitz continuity of JJJ. Applying the KL inequality directly, without a residual bound tied to the algorithm, gives nothing: the KL inequality controls Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ by a distance to ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​, and only the algorithm links that distance to the step.

Formalization scope

The Lean development works in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k). Primal-dual points live in Rn×Rd×Rm\mathbb R^n\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^mRn×Rd×Rm with the Euclidean norm of the stacked vector written out explicitly (tnorm), not Mathlib's sup norm on the product. BBB is a continuous linear map with its operator (spectral) norm; λmin⁡(B⊤B)\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)λmin​(B⊤B) is the infimum of ∥Bv∥2\|Bv\|^2∥Bv∥2 over unit vectors. dist⁡(0,⋅)\operatorname{dist}(0,\cdot)dist(0,⋅) is an infimum in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞], equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on the empty set. The algorithm is a relation on given sequences: global minimality in (5) and (6) and the update (7); existence of minimizers is not asserted.

Readings disclosed relative to the page: G,H,JG,H,JG,H,J are real valued with gradients Lipschitz on the whole space; JJJ is Lipschitz on an Rn\mathbb R^nRn-neighbourhood of each point of UUU; λmin⁡(B⊤B)>0\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)>0λmin​(B⊤B)>0; the normal cone is empty off UUU; VP-EB is the inequality of Definition 5.1 without its presupposition that the sequence converges; the KL property for Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ uses the paper's set ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​ of p. 6. Proposition 6.1 says only "generated by NAPP-AL"; the hypotheses of Theorem 4.1 (Assumptions 1–2 and the step rule (8)) are included because the proof uses Theorem 4.1(iv).

Trivializing encodings are ruled out: the distance is not Metric.infDist (which is 000 on the empty set), the product norm is not the sup norm, BBB is not a matrix with an entrywise norm, local Lipschitz continuity of JJJ is not Mathlib's relative notion, and the normal cone is not nonempty off UUU.

A complete development needs Theorem 4.1(iv) for NAPP-AL and thus most of §§3–4 of the paper (Proposition 3.1, Lemmas 4.1–4.3). That infrastructure is shared with the other missions of this series and is reusable; contributions of any of those lemmas are welcome. The source is the preprint arXiv:2007.12219v1, not the published version; all numbering is the preprint's.

Selected references

  • D. Zhu, L. Zhao, S. Zhang, A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian, arXiv:2007.12219v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.12219v1
  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, On the convergence of the proximal algorithm for nonsmooth functions involving analytic features, Mathematical Programming 116, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0133-5
  • J. Bolte, S. Sabach, M. Teboulle, Proximal alternating linearized minimization for nonconvex and nonsmooth problems, Mathematical Programming 146, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-013-0701-9
  • G. Li, T. K. Pong, Calculus of the exponent of Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz inequality and its applications to linear convergence of first-order methods, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 18, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10208-017-9366-8
4 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian 2: Under the VP-EB Error Bound, NAPP-AL Converges Linearly to a Stationary PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in machine learning, signal processing and engineering design minimize a nonconvex, possibly nonsmooth objective subject to nonlinear equality constraints. Augmented Lagrangian methods are the standard tool for such constraints, but each classical iteration solves a hard nonconvex subproblem. Zhu, Zhao and Zhang (arXiv:2007.12219v1, published in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) propose NAPP-AL, a first-order primal-dual method in which each iteration takes one linearized proximal step in each primal block and one multiplier step. Their §4 shows that the best stationarity residual decays like o(1/k)o(1/\sqrt k)o(1/k​). That rate is sublinear, and the question addressed by §5 is when the same method converges linearly. The answer is a local error bound, the value proximity error bound (VP-EB), under which the iterates have finite length, converge to a stationary point, and do so at a geometric rate. Error-bound conditions of this kind are the usual route from sublinear to linear rates for first-order methods (Luo–Tseng; Attouch–Bolte; Bolte–Nguyen–Peypouquet–Suter), and VP-EB is the paper's version adapted to its potential function.

Setting

The problem (P) is

min⁡u,v F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0, u∈U, v∈Rd,\min_{u,v}\ F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \Theta(u)+Bv=0,\ u\in U,\ v\in\mathbb R^d,u,vmin​ F(u,v):=G(u,v)+J(u)+H(v)s.t.Θ(u)+Bv=0, u∈U, v∈Rd,

with Θ:=Ω+Φ:Rn→Rm\Theta:=\Omega+\Phi:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^mΘ:=Ω+Φ:Rn→Rm, GGG and HHH smooth with Lipschitz gradients (LGL_GLG​, LHL_HLH​), JJJ lower semicontinuous and possibly nonsmooth and nonconvex, UUU closed and convex, Θ\ThetaΘ Lipschitz with constant LΘ0L^0_\ThetaLΘ0​, each component Ωj\Omega_jΩj​ with LΩjL_{\Omega_j}LΩj​​-Lipschitz gradient, LΩ:=∑jLΩjL_\Omega:=\sum_j L_{\Omega_j}LΩ​:=∑j​LΩj​​, and BBB an m×dm\times dm×d matrix with Im⁡Θ⊆Im⁡B\operatorname{Im}\Theta\subseteq\operatorname{Im}BImΘ⊆ImB and λmin⁡(B⊤B)>0\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)>0λmin​(B⊤B)>0 (Assumption 1). A point is w=(u,v,p)w=(u,v,p)w=(u,v,p), with ∥w∥\|w\|∥w∥ the Euclidean norm of the stacked vector.

The augmented Lagrangian is Lγ(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+γ2∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2\mathcal L_\gamma(w)=F(u,v)+\langle p,\Theta(u)+Bv\rangle+\frac\gamma2\|\Theta(u)+Bv\|^2Lγ​(w)=F(u,v)+⟨p,Θ(u)+Bv⟩+2γ​∥Θ(u)+Bv∥2. The stationarity set ∂Lγ(w)\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)∂Lγ​(w) (p. 6) collects the triples

(∇uG+∂J(u)+NU(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y, ∇vG+∇H(v)+B⊤y, Θ(u)+Bv),y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv),\big(\nabla_uG+\partial J(u)+\mathcal N_U(u)+(\nabla\Theta(u))^\top y,\ \nabla_vG+\nabla H(v)+B^\top y,\ \Theta(u)+Bv\big),\quad y=p+\gamma(\Theta(u)+Bv),(∇u​G+∂J(u)+NU​(u)+(∇Θ(u))⊤y, ∇v​G+∇H(v)+B⊤y, Θ(u)+Bv),y=p+γ(Θ(u)+Bv),

with ∂J\partial J∂J the limiting subdifferential and NU\mathcal N_UNU​ the normal cone; www is stationary when 0∈∂Lγ(w)0\in\partial\mathcal L_\gamma(w)0∈∂Lγ​(w).

NAPP-AL (p. 8) fixes a β\betaβ-strongly convex KKK with LKL_KLK​-Lipschitz gradient and its Bregman distance DDD, and a penalty γ\gammaγ above 57+12λmin⁡(B⊤B)(LG+LH)\frac{\sqrt{57}+1}{2\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)}(L_G+L_H)2λmin​(B⊤B)57​+1​(LG​+LH​) (Assumption 2). With qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk)q^k=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^k)+Bv^k)qk=pk+γ(Θ(uk)+Bvk), it sets uk+1u^{k+1}uk+1 to a global minimizer over UUU of ⟨∇uG(uk,vk),u⟩+J(u)+⟨qk,∇Ω(uk)u+Φ(u)⟩+D(u,uk)/ϵk\langle\nabla_uG(u^k,v^k),u\rangle+J(u)+\langle q^k,\nabla\Omega(u^k)u+\Phi(u)\rangle+D(u,u^k)/\epsilon^k⟨∇u​G(uk,vk),u⟩+J(u)+⟨qk,∇Ω(uk)u+Φ(u)⟩+D(u,uk)/ϵk, vk+1v^{k+1}vk+1 to the minimizer of a strongly convex quadratic, and pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1)p^{k+1}=p^k+\gamma(\Theta(u^{k+1})+Bv^{k+1})pk+1=pk+γ(Θ(uk+1)+Bvk+1). The step ϵk\epsilon^kϵk lies in [σδk,δk][\sigma\delta_k,\delta_k][σδk​,δk​], with δk\delta_kδk​ given explicitly by rule (8).

The analysis uses the potential (18)

Λk=Lγ(wk)+c1∥uk−1−uk∥2+c2∥vk−1−vk∥2+12γ∥pk−1−pk∥2,\Lambda^k=\mathcal L_\gamma(w^k)+c_1\|u^{k-1}-u^k\|^2+c_2\|v^{k-1}-v^k\|^2+\tfrac1{2\gamma}\|p^{k-1}-p^k\|^2,Λk=Lγ​(wk)+c1​∥uk−1−uk∥2+c2​∥vk−1−vk∥2+2γ1​∥pk−1−pk∥2,

with explicit c1,c2c_1,c_2c1​,c2​. VP-EB at wˉ\bar wwˉ with constants κ1,η,ν>0\kappa_1,\eta,\nu>0κ1​,η,ν>0 (Definition 5.1) asks that Lγ(wk+1)−Lγ(wˉ)≤κ1∥wk−wk+1∥2\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})-\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)\le\kappa_1\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|^2Lγ​(wk+1)−Lγ​(wˉ)≤κ1​∥wk−wk+1∥2 whenever ∥wk+1−wˉ∥<η\|w^{k+1}-\bar w\|<\eta∥wk+1−wˉ∥<η and Lγ(wk+1)<Lγ(wˉ)+ν\mathcal L_\gamma(w^{k+1})<\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)+\nuLγ​(wk+1)<Lγ​(wˉ)+ν.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.1 (p. 19)

Under Assumptions 1–2 and rule (8), let wˉ\bar wwˉ be an accumulation point of an NAPP-AL run with Lγ(wˉ)=Λ∗:=lim⁡kΛk\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)=\Lambda^*:=\lim_k\Lambda^kLγ​(wˉ)=Λ∗:=limk​Λk, and let VP-EB hold at wˉ\bar wwˉ with κ1,η,ν\kappa_1,\eta,\nuκ1​,η,ν. Then (i) eventually ∥wk−wˉ∥<η\|w^k-\bar w\|<\eta∥wk−wˉ∥<η and Lγ(wk)<Λ∗+ν\mathcal L_\gamma(w^k)<\Lambda^*+\nuLγ​(wk)<Λ∗+ν; (ii) ∑k∥wk−wk+1∥<∞\sum_k\|w^k-w^{k+1}\|<\infty∑k​∥wk−wk+1∥<∞; (iii) wk→wˉw^k\to\bar wwk→wˉ and wˉ\bar wwˉ is stationary; (iv) for some α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) and k0k_0k0​,

Λk+1−Λ∗≤α(Λk−Λ∗)(k≥k0);\Lambda^{k+1}-\Lambda^*\le\alpha(\Lambda^k-\Lambda^*)\quad(k\ge k_0);Λk+1−Λ∗≤α(Λk−Λ∗)(k≥k0​);

and the iterates converge R-linearly: ∥wk−wˉ∥≤Cρk\|w^k-\bar w\|\le C\rho^k∥wk−wˉ∥≤Cρk for some C≥0C\ge0C≥0, ρ∈(0,1)\rho\in(0,1)ρ∈(0,1).

Milestones

  • Theorem 5.1(i)–(iii): localization, finite length, convergence to a stationary point.
  • Theorem 5.1(iv): Q-linear convergence of Λk\Lambda^kΛk.

No constant is hard-coded in the conclusions: α\alphaα, ρ\rhoρ, CCC and the thresholds k0k_0k0​ are existential.

Significance

The theorem upgrades the method's guarantee from sublinear stationarity to a geometric rate for both the potential and the iterates, and it gives whole-sequence convergence rather than subsequential convergence. VP-EB is checkable through standard conditions: §6 of the paper shows that the Kurdyka–Łojasiewicz property of Lγ\mathcal L_\gammaLγ​ with exponent 1/21/21/2, and metric subregularity of ∂Lγ\partial\mathcal L_\gamma∂Lγ​, each imply it; those implications are the companion missions of this series. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it or of NAPP-AL's convergence theory is known. Formalizing it produces a checked localization-and-induction argument of the kind that recurs throughout the error-bound literature, written against an explicit potential with explicit constants.

Difficulty

Accumulation alone does not make the iterates stay near wˉ\bar wwˉ: VP-EB only applies while wk+1w^{k+1}wk+1 is inside the ball and below the level Λ∗+ν\Lambda^*+\nuΛ∗+ν, so its use is circular unless one first shows the iterates never leave the region. The obvious argument — apply the error bound at every step — therefore fails; localization (part (i)) is the core of the proof, and it must be carried out with the paper's explicit constants c1,c2,c3c_1,c_2,c_3c1​,c2​,c3​ and the sufficient decrease of Λk\Lambda^kΛk (Lemma 4.3 and Theorem 4.1, pp. 15–16, milestones of the first mission of this series). A second subtlety is that the page's proof treats Λk\Lambda^kΛk as strictly decreasing, while the sufficient-decrease lemma gives only non-increase; the case where Λk\Lambda^kΛk reaches Λ∗\Lambda^*Λ∗ in finite time must be handled separately.

Formalization scope

Spaces are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin k); triples www use the explicit Euclidean norm tnorm of the stacked vector, never the sup norm of the product type. BBB is a continuous linear map with its operator (spectral) norm, never a Matrix with the entrywise norm; λmin⁡(B⊤B)\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)λmin​(B⊤B) is the Rayleigh minimum over the unit sphere. dist⁡(0,S)\operatorname{dist}(0,S)dist(0,S) is an infimum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], equal to +∞+\infty+∞ on ∅\emptyset∅, never Metric.infDist. The normal cone is empty off UUU, so stationary points lie in U×Rd×RmU\times\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^mU×Rd×Rm. NAPP-AL is a relation on given sequences (any global minimizers of (5); existence is not asserted), with arbitrary u0u^0u0. Λ0\Lambda^0Λ0 is junk in Lean, so statements about Λk\Lambda^kΛk concern k≥1k\ge1k≥1.

Disclosed readings of the page: G,H,JG,H,JG,H,J are real valued with gradients Lipschitz on the whole space; (H3)'s local Lipschitz clause means each u∈Uu\in Uu∈U has a neighbourhood in Rn\mathbb R^nRn on which JJJ is Lipschitz (not Mathlib's relative LocallyLipschitzOn); λmin⁡(B⊤B)>0\lambda_{\min}(B^\top B)>0λmin​(B⊤B)>0; NU(u)=∅\mathcal N_U(u)=\emptysetNU​(u)=∅ for u∉Uu\notin Uu∈/U; Definition 5.1's phrase "which converges to wˉ\bar wwˉ" is dropped, since Theorem 5.1 proves convergence, and keeping it would assume conclusion (iii); "Lγ(wˉ)=Λ∗\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)=\Lambda^*Lγ​(wˉ)=Λ∗" is the hypothesis Λk→Lγ(wˉ)\Lambda^k\to\mathcal L_\gamma(\bar w)Λk→Lγ​(wˉ). Using Metric.infDist, the product sup norm, an entrywise matrix norm, a relative local Lipschitz condition, or a normal cone nonempty off UUU would each change or trivialize the statements and is ruled out.

The source is the preprint arXiv:2007.12219v1, not the published version; all labels, pages and constants are v1's. The definitions are restated in this mission's namespace NAPPAL.Linear and coincide with those of the other missions of the series. A complete development needs the sufficient-decrease lemma and the convergence theorem of the first mission (Lemma 4.3, Theorem 4.1), plus elementary facts on summable sequences and geometric bounds. Contributions to the localization induction, which is reusable for the other error-bound arguments of §6, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Zhu, L. Zhao, S. Zhang, A First-Order Primal-Dual Method for Nonconvex Constrained Optimization Based on the Augmented Lagrangian, arXiv:2007.12219v1, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2007.12219v1
  • H. Attouch, J. Bolte, On the convergence of the proximal algorithm for nonsmooth functions involving analytic features, Mathematical Programming 116, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0133-5
  • J. Bolte, T. P. Nguyen, J. Peypouquet, B. W. Suter, From error bounds to the complexity of first-order descent methods for convex functions, Mathematical Programming 165, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-016-1091-6
  • Z.-Q. Luo, P. Tseng, Error bounds and convergence analysis of feasible descent methods: a general approach, Annals of Operations Research 46, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02096261
5 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems 2: Under Metric Regularity and Semismoothness*, the FBE-Based Newton Algorithm Converges Superlinearly in Quadratic Composite OptimizationResearch Paper

Motivation

Many optimization models in statistics, signal processing and machine learning minimize a smooth loss plus a nonsmooth regularizer, min⁡xf(x)+g(x)\min_x f(x)+g(x)minx​f(x)+g(x). When fff is quadratic this is the quadratic composite problem, which also appears as the subproblem of sequential quadratic programming and of proximal Newton methods. First-order splitting methods (proximal gradient, forward-backward) handle such problems with only the proximal mapping of ggg, but converge at best linearly. Newton-type methods converge superlinearly but classically need either smoothness or convexity of ggg, or strong regularity (uniqueness and Lipschitz stability) of the solution.

Khanh, Mordukhovich and Phat (arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research 2023) designed a Newton-type method for the stationarity inclusion 0∈∂φ(x)0\in\partial\varphi(x)0∈∂φ(x) of a nonconvex composite cost whose steps use only the proximal mapping and the second-order subdifferential (generalized Hessian) of ggg, and proved local superlinear convergence under metric regularity rather than strong metric regularity. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 7.8 of the paper, together with the chain of propositions through which it is proved.

Setting

Work in Rn\mathbb R^nRn with the Euclidean inner product. A function g:Rn→(−∞,+∞]g:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,+\infty]g:Rn→(−∞,+∞] is proper if it is finite somewhere, and prox-bounded if it is bounded below by a quadratic −a∥x∥2−c-a\|x\|^2-c−a∥x∥2−c. The limiting subdifferential ∂g(x)\partial g(x)∂g(x) collects limits of Fréchet subgradients at nearby points with nearby values.

For a set-valued map G:Rn⇉RmG:\mathbb R^n\rightrightarrows\mathbb R^mG:Rn⇉Rm the limiting coderivative D∗G(x,y)(w)D^*G(x,y)(w)D∗G(x,y)(w) is the set of uuu with (u,−w)(u,-w)(u,−w) a limiting normal to gph⁡G\operatorname{gph}GgphG at (x,y)(x,y)(x,y); the second-order subdifferential is ∂2g(x,v)=D∗(∂g)(x,v)\partial^2g(x,v)=D^*(\partial g)(x,v)∂2g(x,v)=D∗(∂g)(x,v). GGG is metrically regular around (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) if dist⁡(x;G−1(y))≤μdist⁡(y;G(x))\operatorname{dist}(x;G^{-1}(y))\le\mu\operatorname{dist}(y;G(x))dist(x;G−1(y))≤μdist(y;G(x)) near (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​), and semismooth* at (xˉ,yˉ)(\bar x,\bar y)(xˉ,yˉ​) if ⟨u∗,u⟩=⟨v∗,v⟩\langle u^*,u\rangle=\langle v^*,v\rangle⟨u∗,u⟩=⟨v∗,v⟩ for every u∗u^*u∗ in the directional coderivative D∗G((xˉ,yˉ);(u,v))(v∗)D^*G((\bar x,\bar y);(u,v))(v^*)D∗G((xˉ,yˉ​);(u,v))(v∗).

ggg is prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for vˉ∈∂g(xˉ)\bar v\in\partial g(\bar x)vˉ∈∂g(xˉ) with modulus r>0r>0r>0 if it is lower semicontinuous near xˉ\bar xxˉ and, for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0,

g(x)≥g(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−r2∥x−u∥2g(x)\ge g(u)+\langle v,x-u\rangle-\tfrac r2\|x-u\|^2g(x)≥g(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−2r​∥x−u∥2

for x,ux,ux,u within ε\varepsilonε of xˉ\bar xxˉ, ∣g(u)−g(xˉ)∣<ε|g(u)-g(\bar x)|<\varepsilon∣g(u)−g(xˉ)∣<ε and v∈∂g(u)v\in\partial g(u)v∈∂g(u) within ε\varepsilonε of vˉ\bar vvˉ; continuously prox-regular if in addition g(xk)→g(xˉ)g(x_k)\to g(\bar x)g(xk​)→g(xˉ) along subgradient pairs (xk,vk)→(xˉ,vˉ)(x_k,v_k)\to(\bar x,\bar v)(xk​,vk​)→(xˉ,vˉ).

The cost is φ=f+g\varphi=f+gφ=f+g with f(x)=12⟨Ax,x⟩+⟨b,x⟩+αf(x)=\tfrac12\langle Ax,x\rangle+\langle b,x\rangle+\alphaf(x)=21​⟨Ax,x⟩+⟨b,x⟩+α, AAA symmetric. The proximal mapping Prox⁡γg(u)\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(u)Proxγg​(u) is the argmin set of y↦g(y)+12γ∥y−u∥2y\mapsto g(y)+\frac1{2\gamma}\|y-u\|^2y↦g(y)+2γ1​∥y−u∥2, and the forward-backward envelope (FBE) is

φγ(x)=inf⁡y{f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+g(y)+12γ∥y−x∥2}.\varphi_\gamma(x)=\inf_y\Big\{f(x)+\langle\nabla f(x),y-x\rangle+g(y)+\tfrac1{2\gamma}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}.φγ​(x)=yinf​{f(x)+⟨∇f(x),y−x⟩+g(y)+2γ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Algorithm 7.6 with parameter γ\gammaγ: if 0∈∂φ(xk)0\in\partial\varphi(x^k)0∈∂φ(xk) stop; otherwise set uk=xk−γ(Axk+b)u^k=x^k-\gamma(Ax^k+b)uk=xk−γ(Axk+b), pick vk∈Prox⁡γg(uk)v^k\in\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(u^k)vk∈Proxγg​(uk), choose dkd^kdk with

−1γ(xk−vk)−Adk∈∂2g(vk,1γ(uk−vk))(xk−vk+dk),-\tfrac1\gamma(x^k-v^k)-Ad^k\in\partial^2g\big(v^k,\tfrac1\gamma(u^k-v^k)\big)(x^k-v^k+d^k),−γ1​(xk−vk)−Adk∈∂2g(vk,γ1​(uk−vk))(xk−vk+dk),

and set xk+1=xk+dkx^{k+1}=x^k+d^kxk+1=xk+dk.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.8

Let ggg be proper, prox-bounded and continuously prox-regular at a stationary point xˉ\bar xxˉ (0∈∂φ(xˉ)0\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)0∈∂φ(xˉ)) for −Axˉ−b-A\bar x-b−Axˉ−b with modulus rrr, and let ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ satisfy at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0): (H1) solvability of −v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d)-v\in\partial^2\varphi(x,v)(d)−v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d) near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0), (H2) metric regularity, (H3) semismoothness*. Then

∃γ0∈(0,r−1] ∀γ∈(0,γ0) with I−γA nonsingular ∃U∋xˉ: Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from U,\exists\gamma_0\in(0,r^{-1}]\ \forall\gamma\in(0,\gamma_0)\ \text{with }I-\gamma A\text{ nonsingular}\ \exists U\ni\bar x:\ \text{Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from }U,∃γ0​∈(0,r−1] ∀γ∈(0,γ0​) with I−γA nonsingular ∃U∋xˉ: Algorithm 7.6 is well-defined from U,

and every run from x0∈Ux^0\in Ux0∈U converges Q-superlinearly to xˉ\bar xxˉ.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 5.7: the same conclusion for the C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 Newton method −∇φ(xk)∈∂⟨dk,∇φ⟩(xk)-\nabla\varphi(x^k)\in\partial\langle d^k,\nabla\varphi\rangle(x^k)−∇φ(xk)∈∂⟨dk,∇φ⟩(xk).
  2. Proposition 7.2: near xˉ\bar xxˉ, the prox-gradient map is single-valued and Lipschitz, φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ is C1C^1C1 with ∇φγ(x)=γ−1(I−γ∇2f(x))(x−Prox⁡γg(x−γ∇f(x)))\nabla\varphi_\gamma(x)=\gamma^{-1}(I-\gamma\nabla^2f(x))(x-\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}(x-\gamma\nabla f(x)))∇φγ​(x)=γ−1(I−γ∇2f(x))(x−Proxγg​(x−γ∇f(x))), and ∇φγ(x)=0  ⟺  0∈∂φ(x)\nabla\varphi_\gamma(x)=0\iff0\in\partial\varphi(x)∇φγ​(x)=0⟺0∈∂φ(x).
  3. Proposition 7.3: the generalized Hessian of φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ in terms of ∂2g\partial^2 g∂2g.
  4. Remark 7.7: a step of Algorithm 7.6 is a step of Algorithm 5.3 for φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​.
  5. Proposition 7.4(i): ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is metrically regular iff ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​ is.
  6. Proposition 7.5: semismoothness* of ∂g\partial g∂g passes to ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​.

Significance

The result gives a locally superlinear method for nonconvex composite problems that uses only first- and second-order information of the regularizer, and it replaces strong metric regularity, which forces isolated solutions, by metric regularity. The FBE reduction (Propositions 7.2–7.5) is reusable on its own: it identifies the stationary points, the generalized Hessian, and the regularity of a nonsmooth composite cost with those of a smooth function.

Formalizing it builds the first machine-checked library of coderivative calculus on Prove2Me: normal cones to graphs, limiting and directional coderivatives, second-order subdifferentials, metric regularity and semismoothness*. As far as the platform record shows, none of the paper's results has a machine-checked proof. The paper's proofs lean on second-order sum and chain rules from Mordukhovich's monograph and on Poliquin–Rockafellar's analysis of Moreau envelopes of prox-regular functions; those external results are part of the work.

Difficulty

The FBE of a nonconvex ggg is not globally smooth; its smoothness near xˉ\bar xxˉ comes from the local single-valuedness of Prox⁡γg\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}Proxγg​, which prox-regularity provides only for small γ\gammaγ and only near xˉ−γ∇f(xˉ)\bar x-\gamma\nabla f(\bar x)xˉ−γ∇f(xˉ). The printed parameter range γ∈(0,r−1)\gamma\in(0,r^{-1})γ∈(0,r−1) is too large: a far-away deep well of ggg can capture the proximal point (see the correction below). Transferring (H1)–(H3) from ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ to ∇φγ\nabla\varphi_\gamma∇φγ​ requires exact second-order calculus (sum and chain rules for coderivatives), not inclusions, and metric regularity is not preserved by the obvious estimates: the paper uses a coderivative characterization. Finally, Theorem 5.7 itself requires an inexact Newton analysis in which the Newton inclusion is solved by an arbitrary element of a coderivative, not by a matrix.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); products carry the sup norm, which does not change any normal cone. A symmetric AAA is a self-adjoint continuous linear operator.
  • ggg and φ\varphiφ take values in EReal; ggg is assumed proper. The envelopes are EReal-valued infima; wherever φγ\varphi_\gammaφγ​ is differentiated, finiteness on a neighbourhood is asserted and the real-valued function is differentiated. ∇2f(x)\nabla^2 f(x)∇2f(x) is the derivative of gradient f.
  • ∂\partial∂ is the published analytic limiting subdifferential NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff. It agrees with the paper's geometric definition (2.9) for functions lower semicontinuous around the point, which covers every function the statements apply it to.
  • Metric regularity uses dist⁡(⋅;∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(\cdot;\emptyset)=+\inftydist(⋅;∅)=+∞. Directional normals read tk↓0t_k\downarrow0tk​↓0 as tk>0t_k>0tk​>0, tk→0t_k\to0tk​→0. For a C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 or C1C^1C1 function, ∂2φ(x)\partial^2\varphi(x)∂2φ(x) is the coderivative of the single-valued gradient map.
  • The proximal mapping is the argmin set; runs may select any proximal point and any direction solving the Newton inclusion; conclusions hold for every run. The stop rule is a constant tail. "Well-defined from UUU" means every partial run from UUU can be continued. Q-superlinear convergence is in ε\varepsilonε-form, which avoids the ratio 0/00/00/0.
  • Correction. Propositions 7.2–7.5, Remark 7.7 and Theorem 7.8 are claimed for every γ∈(0,r−1)\gamma\in(0,r^{-1})γ∈(0,r−1); that is false. For n=1n=1n=1, A=0A=0A=0, b=0b=0b=0 and g(y)=12y2g(y)=\tfrac12y^2g(y)=21​y2 on [−5,5][-5,5][−5,5], g(y)=−1000−∣y−10∣g(y)=-1000-|y-10|g(y)=−1000−∣y−10∣ on [9,11][9,11][9,11], +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere (xˉ=0\bar x=0xˉ=0, r=1r=1r=1, γ=12\gamma=\tfrac12γ=21​), Prox⁡γg={9}\operatorname{Prox}_{\gamma g}=\{9\}Proxγg​={9} near 000 and every run jumps to the stationary point 999. All these items are posed as "there is γ0∈(0,r−1]\gamma_0\in(0,r^{-1}]γ0​∈(0,r−1] such that for every γ∈(0,γ0)\gamma\in(0,\gamma_0)γ∈(0,γ0​)", the range the cited Poliquin–Rockafellar theorem supports. Theorem 5.7 is posed as printed.
  • The goal cannot be trivialized: γ0>0\gamma_0>0γ0​>0 is asserted, the convergence is claimed for every run and every admissible γ\gammaγ below γ0\gamma_0γ0​, and the hypotheses are satisfied, for instance, by g=12∥⋅∥2g=\tfrac12\|\cdot\|^2g=21​∥⋅∥2. Specializing ggg to be convex, A=0A=0A=0, AAA positive definite, or xˉ\bar xxˉ a tilt-stable minimizer would change the theorem and is not accepted.
  • Needed infrastructure: limiting normal cones and coderivatives, their sum and chain rules for a smooth plus a set-valued map, the Mordukhovich criterion, Moreau envelopes of prox-regular functions (Poliquin–Rockafellar). These are reusable well beyond this mission; contributions of any of them as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • P. D. Khanh, B. S. Mordukhovich, V. T. Phat, A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems, arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.10551
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I: Basic Theory, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • R. A. Poliquin, R. T. Rockafellar, Prox-regular functions in variational analysis, Transactions of the AMS 348 (1996) 1805–1838. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-96-01544-9
  • H. Gfrerer, J. V. Outrata, On a semismooth* Newton method for solving generalized equations, SIAM Journal on Optimization 31 (2021) 489–517. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1257408
  • P. Patrinos, A. Bemporad, Proximal Newton methods for convex composite optimization, IEEE CDC 2013. https://doi.org/10.1109/CDC.2013.6760233
13 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems 1: Under Metric Regularity and Semismoothness*, the Prox-Based Newton Algorithm Converges Superlinearly for Prox-Regular FunctionsResearch Paper

Motivation

Many problems in optimization reduce to a subgradient inclusion 0∈∂φ(x)0\in\partial\varphi(x)0∈∂φ(x): for a smooth φ\varphiφ this is the gradient equation ∇φ(x)=0\nabla\varphi(x)=0∇φ(x)=0, and for an extended-real-valued φ=f+g\varphi=f+gφ=f+g (a smooth loss plus an indicator or a nonsmooth regularizer) it is the first-order optimality condition of a composite problem. Newton's method is the classical way to solve such equations with a superlinear rate, but its textbook form needs φ∈C2\varphi\in C^2φ∈C2 and a nonsingular Hessian. Khanh, Mordukhovich and Phat (arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023) design a Newton-type method in which the Hessian is replaced by Mordukhovich's second-order subdifferential ∂2φ\partial^2\varphi∂2φ, and prove local superlinear convergence under two assumptions that are weaker than the usual ones: metric regularity (instead of strong metric regularity or tilt stability) and the semismooth* property of Gfrerer and Outrata.

Timeline of the ingredients:

  • 1996: Poliquin and Rockafellar introduce prox-regular functions and show that, for small parameters, their Moreau envelopes are C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 near the reference point and their proximal mappings are single-valued and Lipschitz there (Trans. AMS 348).
  • 2002: Klatte and Kummer develop Newton methods for Lipschitzian equations through generalized derivatives (Nonsmooth Equations in Optimization, Kluwer).
  • 2021: Gfrerer and Outrata define semismooth* set-valued maps and a semismooth* Newton method (SIAM J. Optim. 31).
  • 2021: Mordukhovich and Sarabi give a generalized Newton method for tilt-stable minimizers of prox-regular functions (SIAM J. Optim. 31).
  • 2020/2022: Khanh, Mordukhovich and Phat replace tilt stability and strong metric regularity by metric regularity of ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ.

Setting

Let φ:Rn→(−∞,∞]\varphi:\mathbb R^n\to(-\infty,\infty]φ:Rn→(−∞,∞] be proper. Its limiting subdifferential ∂φ(x)\partial\varphi(x)∂φ(x) collects the limits of Fréchet subgradients at points xk→xx_k\to xxk​→x with φ(xk)→φ(x)\varphi(x_k)\to\varphi(x)φ(xk​)→φ(x). For a set Ω\OmegaΩ, the regular normal cone N^Ω(z)\widehat N_\Omega(z)NΩ​(z) contains the vectors aaa with ⟨a,w−z⟩≤o(∥w−z∥)\langle a,w-z\rangle\le o(\|w-z\|)⟨a,w−z⟩≤o(∥w−z∥) for w∈Ωw\in\Omegaw∈Ω; the limiting normal cone NΩ(z)N_\Omega(z)NΩ​(z) contains the limits of regular normals at nearby points. For a set-valued GGG, the coderivative is D∗G(x,y)(w)={u:(u,−w)∈Ngph⁡G(x,y)}D^*G(x,y)(w)=\{u:(u,-w)\in N_{\operatorname{gph}G}(x,y)\}D∗G(x,y)(w)={u:(u,−w)∈NgphG​(x,y)}, and the second-order subdifferential is ∂2φ(x,v)=D∗∂φ(x,v)\partial^2\varphi(x,v)=D^*\partial\varphi(x,v)∂2φ(x,v)=D∗∂φ(x,v).

The function φ\varphiφ is prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for vˉ∈∂φ(xˉ)\bar v\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)vˉ∈∂φ(xˉ) with modulus r>0r>0r>0 if it is l.s.c. around xˉ\bar xxˉ and, for some ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, φ(x)≥φ(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−r2∥x−u∥2\varphi(x)\ge\varphi(u)+\langle v,x-u\rangle-\tfrac r2\|x-u\|^2φ(x)≥φ(u)+⟨v,x−u⟩−2r​∥x−u∥2 whenever x,ux,ux,u lie within ε\varepsilonε of xˉ\bar xxˉ, ∣φ(u)−φ(xˉ)∣<ε|\varphi(u)-\varphi(\bar x)|<\varepsilon∣φ(u)−φ(xˉ)∣<ε and v∈∂φ(u)v\in\partial\varphi(u)v∈∂φ(u) lies within ε\varepsilonε of vˉ\bar vvˉ. It is continuously prox-regular if, in addition, φ(xk)→φ(xˉ)\varphi(x_k)\to\varphi(\bar x)φ(xk​)→φ(xˉ) along every (xk,vk)→(xˉ,vˉ)(x_k,v_k)\to(\bar x,\bar v)(xk​,vk​)→(xˉ,vˉ) with vk∈∂φ(xk)v_k\in\partial\varphi(x_k)vk​∈∂φ(xk​). It is prox-bounded if it is bounded below by a quadratic function.

For λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the Moreau envelope and proximal mapping are

eλφ(x)=inf⁡y{φ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2},Prox⁡λφ(x)=argmin⁡y{φ(y)+12λ∥y−x∥2}.e_\lambda\varphi(x)=\inf_y\Big\{\varphi(y)+\tfrac1{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\},\qquad \operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x)=\operatorname*{argmin}_y\Big\{\varphi(y)+\tfrac1{2\lambda}\|y-x\|^2\Big\}.eλ​φ(x)=yinf​{φ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2},Proxλ​φ(x)=yargmin​{φ(y)+2λ1​∥y−x∥2}.

Algorithm 6.2 starts at x0∈Uλ=rge⁡(I+λ∂φ)x^0\in U_\lambda=\operatorname{rge}(I+\lambda\partial\varphi)x0∈Uλ​=rge(I+λ∂φ). While 0∉∂φ(xk)0\notin\partial\varphi(x^k)0∈/∂φ(xk) it sets vk=λ−1(xk−Prox⁡λφ(xk))v^k=\lambda^{-1}(x^k-\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x^k))vk=λ−1(xk−Proxλ​φ(xk)), picks any dkd^kdk with −vk∈∂2φ(xk−λvk,vk)(λvk+dk)-v^k\in\partial^2\varphi(x^k-\lambda v^k,v^k)(\lambda v^k+d^k)−vk∈∂2φ(xk−λvk,vk)(λvk+dk), and moves to xk+1=xk+dkx^{k+1}=x^k+d^kxk+1=xk+dk.

The standing assumptions at a solution xˉ\bar xxˉ are:

  • (H1) the inclusion −v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d)-v\in\partial^2\varphi(x,v)(d)−v∈∂2φ(x,v)(d) is solvable for every (x,v)∈gph⁡∂φ(x,v)\in\operatorname{gph}\partial\varphi(x,v)∈gph∂φ near (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0);
  • (H2) ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is metrically regular around (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0);
  • (H3) ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ is semismooth* at (xˉ,0)(\bar x,0)(xˉ,0).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.6 (corrected parameter range)

If φ\varphiφ is proper, prox-bounded, continuously prox-regular at xˉ\bar xxˉ for 0∈∂φ(xˉ)0\in\partial\varphi(\bar x)0∈∂φ(xˉ) with constants r,εr,\varepsilonr,ε, and (H1)–(H3) hold, then

∃ λ0∈(0,r−1]  ∀λ∈(0,λ0)  ∃ U∈N(xˉ), U⊆Uλ: Algorithm 6.2 is well-defined from U and every run from U converges Q-superlinearly to xˉ.\exists\,\lambda_0\in(0,r^{-1}]\ \ \forall\lambda\in(0,\lambda_0)\ \ \exists\,U\in\mathcal N(\bar x),\ U\subseteq U_\lambda:\ \text{Algorithm 6.2 is well-defined from }U\text{ and every run from }U\text{ converges Q-superlinearly to }\bar x.∃λ0​∈(0,r−1]  ∀λ∈(0,λ0​)  ∃U∈N(xˉ), U⊆Uλ​: Algorithm 6.2 is well-defined from U and every run from U converges Q-superlinearly to xˉ.

Milestones

  • Lemma 5.4: for continuous FFF, metric regularity around xˉ\bar xxˉ holds iff ∥v∥≥c∥u∥\|v\|\ge c\|u\|∥v∥≥c∥u∥ for all v∈D∗F(x)(u)v\in D^*F(x)(u)v∈D∗F(x)(u), xxx near xˉ\bar xxˉ.
  • Lemma 5.6: D∗F(xˉ)(u1+u2)⊆D∗F(xˉ)(u1)+D∗F(xˉ)(u2)D^*F(\bar x)(u_1+u_2)\subseteq D^*F(\bar x)(u_1)+D^*F(\bar x)(u_2)D∗F(xˉ)(u1​+u2​)⊆D∗F(xˉ)(u1​)+D∗F(xˉ)(u2​) for locally Lipschitz FFF.
  • Lemma 5.5: for C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 φ\varphiφ, ∇φ\nabla\varphi∇φ is semismooth* at xˉ\bar xxˉ iff ∇φ(x)−∇φ(xˉ)−∂2φ(x)(x−xˉ)⊆o(∥x−xˉ∥)\nabla\varphi(x)-\nabla\varphi(\bar x)-\partial^2\varphi(x)(x-\bar x)\subseteq o(\|x-\bar x\|)∇φ(x)−∇φ(xˉ)−∂2φ(x)(x−xˉ)⊆o(∥x−xˉ∥).
  • Theorem 5.7: the C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 Newton method (Algorithm 5.3) converges locally Q-superlinearly under (H1)–(H3) for ∇φ\nabla\varphi∇φ.
  • Lemma 6.3 (i)–(iii), corrected: near xˉ+λvˉ\bar x+\lambda\bar vxˉ+λvˉ, and for λ\lambdaλ small, eλφe_\lambda\varphieλ​φ is C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1, Prox⁡λφ\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphiProxλ​φ is single-valued, monotone and Lipschitz, and ∇eλφ(x)=λ−1(x−Prox⁡λφ(x))\nabla e_\lambda\varphi(x)=\lambda^{-1}(x-\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x))∇eλ​φ(x)=λ−1(x−Proxλ​φ(x)).
  • Lemma 6.4, corrected: x∗∈D∗∇eλφ(x,v)(v∗)  ⟺  x∗∈∂2φ(x−λv,v)(v∗−λx∗)x^*\in D^*\nabla e_\lambda\varphi(x,v)(v^*)\iff x^*\in\partial^2\varphi(x-\lambda v,v)(v^*-\lambda x^*)x∗∈D∗∇eλ​φ(x,v)(v∗)⟺x∗∈∂2φ(x−λv,v)(v∗−λx∗).
  • Remark 6.5, corrected: the steps of Algorithm 6.2 are the steps of Algorithm 5.3 for eλφe_\lambda\varphieλ​φ.

Significance

The result gives a Newton method for nonsmooth, nonconvex subgradient inclusions whose convergence does not require strong metric regularity. Example 5.2 of the paper exhibits a C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 function whose gradient is metrically regular and semismooth* but not strongly metrically regular, so the theorem covers solutions that earlier generalized Newton theories exclude. Through the Moreau envelope, the method reduces to a C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 gradient equation; the same reduction, with the forward–backward envelope, drives the paper's composite algorithm (the companion mission) and its applications to Lasso-type problems.

The paper's results are proved on paper; none of them, nor the underlying theory of coderivatives, second-order subdifferentials or semismooth* maps, is formalized in Mathlib. This mission produces a machine-checked development of that layer and of the convergence theorem. It also fixes a defect: as printed, Lemma 6.3 and Theorem 6.6 claim their conclusions for every λ∈(0,r−1)\lambda\in(0,r^{-1})λ∈(0,r−1), which is false (see Formalization scope); the formal statements are the corrected ones.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says "Algorithm 6.2 is Algorithm 5.3 for eλφe_\lambda\varphieλ​φ, so apply Theorem 5.7". Each step of that sentence carries the difficulty. Transferring (H1)–(H3) from ∂φ\partial\varphi∂φ to ∇eλφ\nabla e_\lambda\varphi∇eλ​φ requires the coderivative of the inverse (λI+∂φ−1)−1(\lambda I+\partial\varphi^{-1})^{-1}(λI+∂φ−1)−1, which needs a local graphical calculus for limiting normals that Mathlib does not have. The C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 property of the envelope and single-valuedness of the proximal map hold only for small λ\lambdaλ and near xˉ+λvˉ\bar x+\lambda\bar vxˉ+λvˉ: prox-regularity is local while Prox⁡λφ\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphiProxλ​φ minimizes globally, so a far-away deep well can capture the proximal point. Theorem 5.7 itself rests on a uniform coderivative bound from metric regularity (Lemma 5.4, a pointwise-to-uniform form of the Mordukhovich coderivative criterion) and on the semismooth* estimate (Lemma 5.5), which combines directional normal cones with the symmetry of generalized Hessians.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); definitions are stated on real inner product spaces, and E×FE\times FE×F carries the sup norm (the cones are norm-independent).
  • ∂\partial∂ is the published analytic limiting subdifferential NonconvexSplitting.Shared.LimitingSubdiff. It agrees with the paper's geometric (2.9) for functions l.s.c. around the point, which covers every function ∂\partial∂ is applied to here.
  • φ\varphiφ takes values in EReal and is assumed proper; the envelope is EReal-valued, and finiteness is asserted wherever it is differentiated.
  • Prox⁡λφ(x)\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x)Proxλ​φ(x) is the argmin set. A run of an algorithm selects any proximal point and any direction solving the Newton inclusion. The stop of Step 1 is a constant tail. Well-definedness means every partial run from UUU can be continued.
  • Metric regularity uses dist⁡(⋅;∅)=+∞\operatorname{dist}(\cdot;\emptyset)=+\inftydist(⋅;∅)=+∞. Q-superlinear convergence is stated in ε\varepsilonε-form, avoiding 0/00/00/0. C1,1C^{1,1}C1,1 is local to a neighbourhood.
  • Correction. Lemma 6.3, Lemma 6.4, Remark 6.5 and Theorem 6.6 are posed as "there is λ0∈(0,r−1]\lambda_0\in(0,r^{-1}]λ0​∈(0,r−1] such that for every λ∈(0,λ0)\lambda\in(0,\lambda_0)λ∈(0,λ0​)", on neighbourhoods instead of UλU_\lambdaUλ​. As printed they fail for φ(y)=12y2\varphi(y)=\tfrac12y^2φ(y)=21​y2 on [−5,5][-5,5][−5,5], −1000−∣y−10∣-1000-|y-10|−1000−∣y−10∣ on [9,11][9,11][9,11], +∞+\infty+∞ elsewhere, with xˉ=0\bar x=0xˉ=0, r=1r=1r=1, λ=12\lambda=\tfrac12λ=21​: there Prox⁡λφ(x)={9}\operatorname{Prox}_\lambda\varphi(x)=\{9\}Proxλ​φ(x)={9} near 000, and Algorithm 6.2 jumps to the stationary point 999. Lemmas 5.4–5.6 and Theorem 5.7 are posed as printed.
  • Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: λ0>0\lambda_0>0λ0​>0 is part of the conclusion, so the ∀λ\forall\lambda∀λ is never vacuous; conclusions hold for every run rather than for a run chosen by Classical.choose; and φ\varphiφ is not specialized (no convexity, which would make Uλ=RnU_\lambda=\mathbb R^nUλ​=Rn; no C2C^2C2; no strong metric regularity; no assumption that xˉ\bar xxˉ is a minimizer).
  • Reusable infrastructure: normal cones to graphs, limiting and directional coderivatives, metric regularity, semismooth*, prox-regularity, Moreau envelopes. Formalizations of Mordukhovich's coderivative criterion, of the scalarization formula D∗F(xˉ)(u)=∂⟨u,F⟩(xˉ)D^*F(\bar x)(u)=\partial\langle u,F\rangle(\bar x)D∗F(xˉ)(u)=∂⟨u,F⟩(xˉ) for Lipschitz FFF, and of Poliquin–Rockafellar's Theorem 4.4 are especially welcome.

Selected references

  • P. D. Khanh, B. S. Mordukhovich, V. T. Phat, A Generalized Newton Method for Subgradient Systems, arXiv:2009.10551v2, 2022; Math. Oper. Res., 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2009.10551
  • R. A. Poliquin, R. T. Rockafellar, Prox-regular functions in variational analysis, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 348, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-96-01544-9
  • H. Gfrerer, J. V. Outrata, On a semismooth Newton method for solving generalized equations*, SIAM J. Optim. 31, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1137/19M1257408
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, M. E. Sarabi, Generalized Newton algorithms for tilt-stable minimizers in nonsmooth optimization, SIAM J. Optim. 31, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1137/20M1329937
  • B. S. Mordukhovich, Variational Analysis and Generalized Differentiation I, Springer, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-31247-1
  • R. T. Rockafellar, R. J.-B. Wets, Variational Analysis, Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-02431-3
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation III: C² Strongly Contractive Drift, 𝔞 = 2 — L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost ((½+√2)/(√2−1))Υ₂²log(γ₀⁻¹)ε⁻²/(γ₀α)Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution πU∝e−U dλd\pi_U\propto e^{-U}\,d\lambda_dπU​∝e−Udλd​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd is a basic task in Bayesian statistics, statistical physics and machine learning. A standard approach simulates the Langevin diffusion dXt=−∇U(Xt) dt+2 dBtdX_t=-\nabla U(X_t)\,dt+\sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, whose invariant distribution is πU\pi_UπU​, through its Euler scheme, and averages a test function fff along one long trajectory. The discretization introduces a bias of the order of the step size, so a single-step-size average with accuracy ε\varepsilonε costs more than ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 steps. Dalalyan (arXiv:1412.7392) and Durmus–Moulines (arXiv:1605.01559) quantified this for strongly log-concave targets; for occupation measures of the Euler scheme the best previous bound was of order dε−4d\varepsilon^{-4}dε−4 (Durmus–Moulines, Bernoulli 2019, denoted [DM19] in the paper).

Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Math. Oper. Res., 2025) combine Giles's multilevel Monte Carlo idea (Oper. Res. 2008) with pathwise averages. Each level is one long trajectory, not many independent samples. This mission formalizes their result for a uniformly strongly contractive, twice differentiable drift. In that case the multilevel occupation measure reaches accuracy ε\varepsilonε at a cost of order dε−2d\varepsilon^{-2}dε−2, the order of an unbiased Monte Carlo method.

Setting

Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd be LLL-Lipschitz and satisfy Assumption (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​): ⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2\langle b(y)-b(x),y-x\rangle\le-\alpha|x-y|^2⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2 for all x,yx,yx,y, with α∈(0,L∧1]\alpha\in(0,L\wedge1]α∈(0,L∧1]. Let σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. The additive diffusion is Xtx=x+∫0tb(Xsx) ds+σBtX^x_t=x+\int_0^tb(X^x_s)\,ds+\sigma B_tXtx​=x+∫0t​b(Xsx​)ds+σBt​, driven by a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BBB. Let π\piπ be its invariant distribution. Its Euler scheme with step γ\gammaγ is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x, Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(B(n+1)γ−Bnγ)\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(B_{(n+1)\gamma}-B_{n\gamma})Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(B(n+1)γ​−Bnγ​), with invariant distribution πγ\pi^\gammaπγ. Write s‾η=η⌊s/η⌋\underline s_\eta=\eta\lfloor s/\eta\rfloors​η​=η⌊s/η⌋ and [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of fff.

Given a first step γ0\gamma_0γ0​, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons T0>⋯>TRT_0>\dots>T_RT0​>⋯>TR​, a warm start τ\tauτ, and independent Brownian motions B(0),…,B(R)B^{(0)},\dots,B^{(R)}B(0),…,B(R), the multilevel occupation measure (7) is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0)ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr)−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1))ds,\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0}_{\underline s_{\gamma_0}})ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1}}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\big)ds,Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​​))ds,

where both schemes of level rrr start at x0x_0x0​ and are driven by B(r)B^{(r)}B(r). Its cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​).

When bbb is C2\mathcal C^2C2 with bounded derivatives, set ∥∇b∥2,∞=sup⁡x∥∇b(x)∥F\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}=\sup_x\|\nabla b(x)\|_F∥∇b∥2,∞​=supx​∥∇b(x)∥F​ (Frobenius norm of the Jacobian) and ∥Δb∥2,∞2=sup⁡x∑i∣Δbi(x)∣2\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}=\sup_x\sum_i|\Delta b_i(x)|^2∥Δb∥2,∞2​=supx​∑i​∣Δbi​(x)∣2. The constant (19) is

Υ22=max⁡(1, ∣b(x0)∣2α2+σαL3∥∇b∥2,∞∣b(x0)∣+σ4L4∥Δb∥2,∞2+σ2αdL3∥∇b∥2,∞+σ2dα).\Upsilon_2^2=\max\Big(1,\ \frac{|b(x_0)|^2}{\alpha^2}+\frac{\sigma\sqrt\alpha}{L^3}\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}|b(x_0)|+\frac{\sigma^4}{L^4}\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}+\frac{\sigma^2\alpha\sqrt d}{L^3}\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}+\frac{\sigma^2d}{\alpha}\Big).Υ22​=max(1, α2∣b(x0​)∣2​+L3σα​​∥∇b∥2,∞​∣b(x0​)∣+L4σ4​∥Δb∥2,∞2​+L3σ2αd​​∥∇b∥2,∞​+ασ2d​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3

Take γ0∈(0,α2L2∧12]\gamma_0\in(0,\frac\alpha{2L^2}\wedge\frac12]γ0​∈(0,2L2α​∧21​], Rε=⌈log⁡2(Υ2/ε)⌉R_\varepsilon=\lceil\log_2(\Upsilon_2/\varepsilon)\rceilRε​=⌈log2​(Υ2​/ε)⌉, Tr=Υ22log⁡(γ0−1)α−1ε−22−3r/2T_r=\Upsilon_2^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})\alpha^{-1}\varepsilon^{-2}2^{-3r/2}Tr​=Υ22​log(γ0−1​)α−1ε−22−3r/2 and τ=α−1∣log⁡ε∣+(2α)−1log⁡Υ2\tau=\alpha^{-1}|\log\varepsilon|+(2\alpha)^{-1}\log\Upsilon_2τ=α−1∣logε∣+(2α)−1logΥ2​. There is a universal constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ such that for every ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) with 2log⁡(Υ2ε−2)≤log⁡(γ0−1)(Υ2/ε)1/2\sqrt2\log(\Upsilon_2\varepsilon^{-2})\le\log(\gamma_0^{-1})(\Upsilon_2/\varepsilon)^{1/2}2​log(Υ2​ε−2)≤log(γ0−1​)(Υ2​/ε)1/2,

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤12+22−1 Υ22log⁡(γ0−1)γ0α ε−2.\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{\frac12+\sqrt2}{\sqrt2-1}\,\frac{\Upsilon_2^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{\gamma_0\alpha}\,\varepsilon^{-2}.∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤2​−121​+2​​γ0​αΥ22​log(γ0−1​)​ε−2.

The constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ is the same for all ddd, bbb, σ\sigmaσ, fff, x0x_0x0​, γ0\gamma_0γ0​ and ε\varepsilonε.

Companion: (22)

Under α/L2≤1\alpha/L^2\le1α/L2≤1, σ2α−1d≥1\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}d\ge1σ2α−1d≥1 and dimension-free bounds on ∣b(x0)∣|b(x_0)|∣b(x0​)∣, ∥∇b∥2,∞\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}∥∇b∥2,∞​ and ∥Δb∥2,∞\|\Delta b\|_{2,\infty}∥Δb∥2,∞​, the choice γ0=α/(2L2)\gamma_0=\alpha/(2L^2)γ0​=α/(2L2), Υ~22=σ2α−1d\tilde\Upsilon_2^2=\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}dΥ~22​=σ2α−1d gives C(Y)≤22+12−1σ2L2α3log⁡2L2α dε−2\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{2\sqrt2+1}{\sqrt2-1}\frac{\sigma^2L^2}{\alpha^3}\log\frac{2L^2}{\alpha}\,d\varepsilon^{-2}C(Y)≤2​−122​+1​α3σ2L2​logα2L2​dε−2.

Milestones

The milestones follow the paper's proof in order:

  • Lemma 5.1 (i), (iii): stability of the scheme and the assumptions (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​), (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​).
  • Lemma 5.2 (ii): a one-step error of order γ3\gamma^3γ3.
  • Proposition 5.1 (ii), (iii): a uniform-in-time strong error β2(x)γ2\beta_2(x)\gamma^2β2​(x)γ2 and (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​) with a=2\mathfrak a=2a=2.
  • Proposition 5.2: W1(π,πγ)≤β2(x⋆)γ\mathcal W_1(\pi,\pi^\gamma)\le\sqrt{\beta_2(x^\star)}\gammaW1​(π,πγ)≤β2​(x⋆)​γ.
  • Proposition 2.2: (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) with constants controlled by Υ2\Upsilon_2Υ2​.
  • Remark 4.1: the paper's general complexity theorem, with constants known up to universal factors.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2.3 gives an explicit algorithm whose cost to reach L2L^2L2 accuracy ε\varepsilonε on π(f)\pi(f)π(f) is of order ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2, uniformly over Lipschitz fff. Under (22) the cost is O(dε−2)O(d\varepsilon^{-2})O(dε−2). Apart from constants depending on α\alphaα and LLL, this is the complexity of a Monte Carlo method without bias, an improvement over the dε−4d\varepsilon^{-4}dε−4 known for single-level occupation measures. Corollary 2.2 of the paper applies it to Gibbs distributions with a C3\mathcal C^3C3 potential.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper. A machine-checked version needs a formal multilevel estimator over infinite horizons, uniform-in-time strong error bounds for the Euler scheme, and an application of Itô's formula to b(y+σBt)b(y+\sigma B_t)b(y+σBt​), none of which exists in Lean. Formalizing also checks the paper's constants. For instance, the printed exponential rate in the W2\mathcal W_2W2​ contraction behind (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) is α\alphaα, while its proof gives α/2\alpha/2α/2, and the milestone states α/2\alpha/2α/2. No part of this result has been machine-checked.

Difficulty

Two steps resist a direct approach. First, the order-one strong error (Lemma 5.2(ii), Proposition 5.1(ii)). Bounding the one-step error by the Lipschitz constant alone gives order γ2\gamma^2γ2 per step, hence order γ1/2\gamma^{1/2}γ1/2 globally; this is Lemma 5.2(i) and the a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1 regime, with an extra log⁡3ε\log^3\varepsilonlog3ε in the cost. The gain to γ3\gamma^3γ3 needs the second-order structure of bbb along the Brownian path, through a martingale term and the Laplacian of bbb. Second, the error must be controlled uniformly over infinite horizons. Every estimate has to combine the contraction (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​) with the step-size restriction γ≤α/(2L2)\gamma\le\alpha/(2L^2)γ≤α/(2L2); a Gronwall argument on a finite horizon gives constants that grow with time.

For the goal itself, the cost bound (21) is arithmetic once the parameters are fixed. The content is the error bound with a constant that is universal, not merely independent of ε\varepsilonε.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is the published EthierKurtz.SDEState d, and Brownian motions are the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian.
  • The diffusion is a pathwise solution of Xt=x+∫0tb(Xs)ds+σWtX_t=x+\int_0^tb(X_s)ds+\sigma W_tXt​=x+∫0t​b(Xs​)ds+σWt​ with continuous paths. No stochastic integral appears in any statement.
  • π\piπ is a probability measure invariant for the diffusion's transition laws. πγ\pi^\gammaπγ is any probability invariant for the Euler step x↦x+γb(x)+σγZx\mapsto x+\gamma b(x)+\sigma\sqrt\gamma Zx↦x+γb(x)+σγ​Z, with ZZZ standard Gaussian.
  • ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is eLpNorm · 2 P, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The schemes are evaluated at grid times, except in (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) and (47), which use the continuous-time scheme.
  • C2\mathcal C^2C2 with bounded partial derivatives is ContDiff ℝ 2 b plus a uniform bound on the first and second Fréchet derivatives.
  • ∥∇b∥2,∞\|\nabla b\|_{2,\infty}∥∇b∥2,∞​ and ∥Δb∥2,∞2\|\Delta b\|^2_{2,\infty}∥Δb∥2,∞2​ follow pp. 31–32, which correct the misplaced squares of (18).
  • "≲uc\lesssim_{uc}≲uc​" is an existential constant quantified before every datum.
  • The ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ of Theorem 2.3 is read as membership in its defining set.
  • The cost formula is used for every TrT_rTr​.
  • Added hypotheses: σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 wherever the page leaves it implicit; C2\mathcal C^2C2 regularity in Lemma 5.2(ii) and Propositions 5.1–5.2; γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 in Proposition 5.2; d≥1d\ge1d≥1 in Proposition 5.1(iii); α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 in Proposition 2.2.

The goal does not assume (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​), Proposition 2.2 or any variance or bias estimate. It assumes only (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​), Lipschitz and C2\mathcal C^2C2 regularity of bbb, σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, invariance of π\piπ and the parameter choices. Those results appear only as milestones.

Contributions that would be reusable elsewhere: uniform-in-time moment and strong-error bounds for Euler schemes of contractive SDEs, Itô's formula for a C2\mathcal C^2C2 function of Brownian motion, and the general multilevel complexity theorem (Remark 4.1). Proofs of the milestones are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, Math. Oper. Res., 2025; arXiv:2109.07753v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Oper. Res. 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, High-dimensional Bayesian inference via the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Bernoulli 25(4A), 2019. https://doi.org/10.3150/18-BEJ1073
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.7392
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.05021
16 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation II: Strongly Contractive Drift, 𝔞 = 1 — L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost (5log γ₀⁻¹/2αγ₀)Υ₁²ε⁻²⌈log₂(Υ₁²ε⁻²)⌉³Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution πU∝e−U dλd\pi_U \propto e^{-U}\,d\lambda_dπU​∝e−Udλd​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, or computing integrals π(f)\pi(f)π(f) against it, is a basic task of Bayesian statistics, statistical physics and stochastic optimization. A standard route is to simulate a diffusion whose invariant law is the target, for instance the overdamped Langevin equation dXt=−∇U(Xt) dt+2 dBtdX_t = -\nabla U(X_t)\,dt + \sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, discretize it with the Euler scheme, and average a function along one long trajectory. Discretization introduces a bias of order of the step size, and the long-time average introduces a variance that decays like the inverse of the horizon, so reaching root-mean-square accuracy ε\varepsilonε with a single Euler scheme costs more than ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 steps.

Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025) adapt Giles's multilevel Monte Carlo idea (Giles 2008) to this infinite-horizon setting: they combine a coarse pathwise average with corrections between coupled Euler schemes of successively halved steps, run over decreasing horizons. Their general complexity theorem (Theorem 2.1) is stated under four abstract assumptions (H₁)–(H₄). This mission formalizes the first concrete instance the paper gives: an additive diffusion with a strongly contractive drift, where the assumptions are verified with explicit dependence on the dimension and the cost is of order ε−2log⁡3(ε−1)\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(\varepsilon^{-1})ε−2log3(ε−1).

Setting

Let ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ be the Euclidean norm and inner product on Rd\mathbb R^dRd. Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd be LLL-Lipschitz and satisfy the contractivity assumption (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​):

⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2(x,y∈Rd),\langle b(y)-b(x),y-x\rangle\le-\alpha|x-y|^2\qquad(x,y\in\mathbb R^d),⟨b(y)−b(x),y−x⟩≤−α∣x−y∣2(x,y∈Rd),

with 0<α≤L0<\alpha\le L0<α≤L. For b=−∇Ub=-\nabla Ub=−∇U this is uniform strong convexity of UUU. Let σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 and let WWW be a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion. The additive diffusion started at xxx is Xtx=x+∫0tb(Xsx) ds+σWtX^x_t = x+\int_0^t b(X^x_s)\,ds+\sigma W_tXtx​=x+∫0t​b(Xsx​)ds+σWt​; a probability π\piπ is invariant for it if ∫P(Xtx∈A) π(dx)=π(A)\int\mathbb P(X^x_t\in A)\,\pi(dx)=\pi(A)∫P(Xtx​∈A)π(dx)=π(A) for all ttt and Borel AAA.

The Euler scheme with step γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x, Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(W(n+1)γ−Wnγ)\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(W_{(n+1)\gamma}-W_{n\gamma})Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(W(n+1)γ​−Wnγ​), extended to continuous time by Xˉt=x+∫0tb(Xˉs‾) ds+σWt\bar X_t=x+\int_0^t b(\bar X_{\underline s})\,ds+\sigma W_tXˉt​=x+∫0t​b(Xˉs​​)ds+σWt​, s‾=γ⌊s/γ⌋\underline s=\gamma\lfloor s/\gamma\rfloors​=γ⌊s/γ⌋. A probability πγ\pi^\gammaπγ invariant for one step of the scheme is its invariant distribution.

The multilevel occupation measure with start x0x_0x0​, coarse step γ0\gamma_0γ0​, levels r=0,…,Rr=0,\dots,Rr=0,…,R, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons TrT_rTr​ and warm-start time τ\tauτ is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0) ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr)−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1)) ds,\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0}_{\underline s_{\gamma_0}})\,ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1}}_{\underline s_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\big)\,ds,Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​​))ds,

where level rrr uses its own Brownian motion B(r)B^{(r)}B(r), independent across levels, and both schemes of a level share it. Its cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​), the number of simulated Euler steps. Write [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of fff and

Υ12=1∨(α−2∣b(x0)∣2+α−1σ2d).\Upsilon_1^2=1\vee\big(\alpha^{-2}|b(x_0)|^2+\alpha^{-1}\sigma^2d\big).Υ12​=1∨(α−2∣b(x0​)∣2+α−1σ2d).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

There is a universal constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ such that, for α∈(0,L∧1]\alpha\in(0,L\wedge1]α∈(0,L∧1], γ0∈(0,α2L2∧12]\gamma_0\in(0,\frac\alpha{2L^2}\wedge\frac12]γ0​∈(0,2L2α​∧21​], the parameters

r0=Υ1,Rε=⌈2log⁡2(r0ε−1)⌉,Tr=Υ12log⁡(γ0−1)αε−2Rε22−r,τ=2α∣log⁡ε∣+1αlog⁡Υ1,r_0=\Upsilon_1,\quad R_\varepsilon=\lceil2\log_2(r_0\varepsilon^{-1})\rceil,\quad T_r=\frac{\Upsilon_1^2\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{\alpha}\varepsilon^{-2}R_\varepsilon^22^{-r},\quad \tau=\frac2\alpha|\log\varepsilon|+\frac1\alpha\log\Upsilon_1,r0​=Υ1​,Rε​=⌈2log2​(r0​ε−1)⌉,Tr​=αΥ12​log(γ0−1​)​ε−2Rε2​2−r,τ=α2​∣logε∣+α1​logΥ1​,

and every ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1) with 2log⁡(Υ1ε−2)≤log⁡(γ0−1)Rε22\log(\Upsilon_1\varepsilon^{-2})\le\log(\gamma_0^{-1})R_\varepsilon^22log(Υ1​ε−2)≤log(γ0−1​)Rε2​,

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤5log⁡(γ0−1)2αγ0Υ12ε−2⌈log⁡2(Υ12ε−2)⌉3.\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\frac{5\log(\gamma_0^{-1})}{2\alpha\gamma_0}\Upsilon_1^2\varepsilon^{-2}\lceil\log_2(\Upsilon_1^2\varepsilon^{-2})\rceil^3.∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤2αγ0​5log(γ0−1​)​Υ12​ε−2⌈log2​(Υ12​ε−2)⌉3.

The constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ does not depend on ddd, bbb, σ\sigmaσ, fff, x0x_0x0​ or ε\varepsilonε; all dependence on the problem sits in the explicit cost.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.1 (i)–(iii): uniform second-moment bound (47), existence and uniqueness of πγ\pi^\gammaπγ, the L2L^2L2 contraction E∣Xˉtγ,x−Xˉtγ,y∣2≤∣x−y∣2e−αt\mathbb E|\bar X^{\gamma,x}_t-\bar X^{\gamma,y}_t|^2\le|x-y|^2e^{-\alpha t}E∣Xˉtγ,x​−Xˉtγ,y​∣2≤∣x−y∣2e−αt, the bound W2(δx,πγ)≤c1(x)\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\pi^\gamma)\le c_1(x)W2​(δx​,πγ)≤c1​(x), and from these (H₁) and (H₄).
  2. Lemma 5.2 (i): the one-step error between diffusion and Euler step.
  3. Proposition 5.1 (i) and (iii) with a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1: ∥Xnγx−Xˉnγγ,x∥22≤β1(x)γ\|X^x_{n\gamma}-\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}\|_2^2\le\beta_1(x)\gamma∥Xnγx​−Xˉnγγ,x​∥22​≤β1​(x)γ uniformly in nnn, hence (H₂).
  4. Proposition 5.2 with a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1, δ=12\delta=\frac12δ=21​: W1(π,πγ)≤β1(x⋆)γ\mathcal W_1(\pi,\pi^\gamma)\le\sqrt{\beta_1(x^\star)\gamma}W1​(π,πγ)≤β1​(x⋆)γ​, hence (H₃).
  5. Proposition 2.1: all four assumptions with max⁡(αc22/L2,αc32/L2,c42)≲Υ12\max(\alpha c_2^2/L^2,\alpha c_3^2/L^2,c_4^2)\lesssim\Upsilon_1^2max(αc22​/L2,αc32​/L2,c42​)≲Υ12​.
  6. Remark 4.1: Theorem 2.1 (ii) for the additive scheme when the constants are known up to universal factors.
  7. Theorem 2.2 (15): the refinement with Υ~12=σ2α−1d\tilde\Upsilon_1^2=\sigma^2\alpha^{-1}dΥ~12​=σ2α−1d and γ0=α/(2L2)\gamma_0=\alpha/(2L^2)γ0​=α/(2L2).

Significance

The goal gives a complexity of order ε−2log⁡3(ε−1)\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(\varepsilon^{-1})ε−2log3(ε−1) for approximating π(f)\pi(f)π(f) by a pathwise average of Euler schemes, within a logarithmic factor of the ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2 of an unbiased Monte Carlo method, with constants explicit in ddd, α\alphaα, LLL, σ\sigmaσ. When ∣b(x0)∣≲d|b(x_0)|\lesssim\sqrt d∣b(x0​)∣≲d​, the cost is of order dε−2(log⁡3d+log⁡3ε)d\varepsilon^{-2}(\log^3d+\log^3\varepsilon)dε−2(log3d+log3ε). The intermediate results (uniform-in-time strong error of the Euler scheme, Wasserstein bias of its invariant law, step-independent contraction) are standard tools of Langevin Monte Carlo and are reusable on their own.

The results are proved in the paper; none of them is machine-checked. A formal proof would certify both the abstract multilevel argument as instantiated here and the explicit constants. The formal statements also pin three printed slips: the ceiling in (14) (cube of the ceiling, not ceiling of the cube), the first line of (12) (the function c1c_1c1​ of Lemma 5.1 (ii)), and the factor in (15).

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls bias and variance separately for each level. The bias of a pathwise average involves the long-time behaviour of the scheme, and the variance of a correcting level involves the L2L^2L2 distance between two coupled schemes over an unbounded horizon: both require estimates uniform in time, which fail for a merely Lipschitz drift (the strong error of the Euler scheme grows exponentially on finite horizons). Contractivity is what makes the strong error O(γ)O(\sqrt\gamma)O(γ​) uniformly in nnn, and the delicate point is to obtain this with constants that do not degrade with ddd or with the step. The complexity bound then requires balancing RεR_\varepsilonRε​, the horizons and the warm start so that the long-time bias, the discretization bias and the variances all sit at level ε\varepsilonε, with a universal constant.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) (published EthierKurtz.SDEState); Brownian motions are published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian, one per level, mutually independent as path-valued variables. The diffusion is a pathwise solution of the integral equation with continuous paths; no Itô integral is needed because the noise is additive. Invariance of π\piπ and πγ\pi^\gammaπγ is stated through transition probabilities. L2L^2L2 norms are eLpNorm … 2 in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an infinite moment is never read as zero. W1\mathcal W_1W1​ is used in its Kantorovich–Rubinstein form, W2(δx,⋅)\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\cdot)W2​(δx​,⋅) as an explicit integral, and the clause W2(L(Xˉt‾),πγ)≤W2(δx,πγ)e−αt‾\mathcal W_2(\mathcal L(\bar X_{\underline t}),\pi^\gamma)\le\mathcal W_2(\delta_x,\pi^\gamma)e^{-\alpha\underline t}W2​(L(Xˉt​​),πγ)≤W2​(δx​,πγ)e−αt​ as the existence of a coupling with that quadratic cost (Mathlib has no Wasserstein distance; optimal couplings exist, so the forms agree). (H₁)–(H₃) are stated at grid times, (H₄) over all t≥0t\ge0t≥0. "≲uc\lesssim_{uc}≲uc​" is an existential constant quantified before every datum.

Standing assumptions carried as hypotheses: bbb LLL-Lipschitz, (Cα)(\mathbf C_\alpha)(Cα​), 0<α≤L0<\alpha\le L0<α≤L (and α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 where the paper requires it), σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. Added and disclosed: the §5.1 hypotheses in Lemma 5.2, γ<1\gamma<1γ<1 in Proposition 5.2 (needed by Proposition 5.1), integrability of fff under π\piπ, existence of πγ\pi^\gammaπγ and c~4>0\tilde c_4>0c~4​>0 in Remark 4.1. The goal's ε0\varepsilon_0ε0​ (a maximum of a set that need not be an interval) is replaced by the inequality defining it.

The goal assumes only the contractive setting, the diffusion's invariance of π\piπ and the parameter choices; it does not assume (H₁)–(H₄), a bias or a variance bound, which appear only as milestones, so it cannot be discharged by restating its hypotheses.

A complete development needs: second-moment and Grönwall estimates for the Euler scheme and the diffusion, existence and uniqueness of invariant laws of Feller chains under a Lyapunov condition, independence and variance decompositions for the multilevel estimator, and the abstract Theorem 2.1. The Gaussian-increment and Wasserstein tools are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and a Mathlib-style W2\mathcal W_2W2​ for general laws, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2025; preprint arXiv:2109.07753v2, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Operations Research 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1111/rssb.12183
  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017. https://doi.org/10.1214/16-AAP1238
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Markov ChainProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Multilevel Langevin Pathwise Average for Gibbs Approximation I: Under (H₁)–(H₄) the Multilevel Occupation Measure Has L²-Error ≲ [f]₁ε at Cost 𝔠_𝔞γ₀⁻¹𝔱ε⁻², or ε⁻²R_ε³ When 𝔞 = 1Research Paper

Motivation

Sampling from a Gibbs distribution π(dx)∝e−U(x)dx\pi(dx)\propto e^{-U(x)}dxπ(dx)∝e−U(x)dx on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, or computing integrals π(f)\pi(f)π(f) against it, is a basic task in Bayesian statistics and machine learning. A standard approach simulates an ergodic diffusion whose invariant distribution is π\piπ, such as the overdamped Langevin diffusion dXt=−∇U(Xt)dt+2 dBtdX_t=-\nabla U(X_t)dt+\sqrt2\,dB_tdXt​=−∇U(Xt​)dt+2​dBt​, discretizes it with an Euler scheme of step γ\gammaγ, and averages fff along one long trajectory. Two errors compete: a bias of order γδ\gamma^\deltaγδ, because the scheme's invariant distribution πγ\pi^\gammaπγ differs from π\piπ, and a variance of order 1/T1/T1/T for a time horizon TTT. With a single step, balancing them requires of the order of ε−3\varepsilon^{-3}ε−3 Euler iterations for an ε\varepsilonε-approximation when the bias is of order γ\gammaγ (Egéa–Panloup, p. 3).

Multilevel Monte Carlo (Giles 2008, doi:10.1287/opre.1070.0496) removes this extra factor in finite-horizon problems by combining coarse and fine discretizations whose differences have small variance. Pagès and Panloup (arXiv:1609.00412) and Giles, Majka, Szpruch, Vollmer and Zygalakis (arXiv:1805.10974) adapted the idea to invariant distributions. Egéa and Panloup (arXiv:2109.07753, Math. Oper. Res. 2025) build a multilevel pathwise average, a combination of occupation measures of Euler schemes, and prove an L2L^2L2-error of order ε\varepsilonε at cost ε−2\varepsilon^{-2}ε−2, or ε−2∣log⁡ε∣3\varepsilon^{-2}|\log\varepsilon|^3ε−2∣logε∣3 in a borderline case, under four abstract assumptions. This mission formalizes that general result (their Theorem 2.1 (ii)) and the bias and variance estimates behind it.

Setting

Let b:Rd→Rdb:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^db:Rd→Rd and σ:Rd→Md,d\sigma:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb M_{d,d}σ:Rd→Md,d​ be Lipschitz. For a step γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, a starting point xxx and a ddd-dimensional standard Brownian motion WWW, the Euler scheme is Xˉ0γ,x=x\bar X^{\gamma,x}_0=xXˉ0γ,x​=x and

Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x=Xˉnγγ,x+γb(Xˉnγγ,x)+σ(Xˉnγγ,x)(W(n+1)γ−Wnγ).\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{(n+1)\gamma}=\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma}+\gamma b(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})+\sigma(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})(W_{(n+1)\gamma}-W_{n\gamma}).Xˉ(n+1)γγ,x​=Xˉnγγ,x​+γb(Xˉnγγ,x​)+σ(Xˉnγγ,x​)(W(n+1)γ​−Wnγ​).

Write s‾η=η⌊s/η⌋\underline{s}_\eta=\eta\lfloor s/\eta\rfloors​η​=η⌊s/η⌋ and [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ for the Lipschitz constant of f:Rd→Rf:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rf:Rd→R.

Fix x0x_0x0​, a number of levels R≥1R\ge1R≥1, steps γr=γ02−r\gamma_r=\gamma_02^{-r}γr​=γ0​2−r, horizons T0,…,TRT_0,\dots,T_RT0​,…,TR​, a warm start τ\tauτ, and independent Brownian motions B(0),…,B(R)B^{(0)},\dots,B^{(R)}B(0),…,B(R). The multilevel occupation measure is

Y(f)=1T0−τ∫τT0f(Xˉs‾γ0γ0,x0,B(0))ds+∑r=1R1Tr−τ∫τTr(f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr,x0,B(r))−f(Xˉs‾γr−1γr−1,x0,B(r)))ds.\mathcal Y(f)=\frac1{T_0-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_0}f(\bar X^{\gamma_0,x_0,B^{(0)}}_{\underline{s}_{\gamma_0}})ds+\sum_{r=1}^R\frac1{T_r-\tau}\int_\tau^{T_r}\Big(f(\bar X^{\gamma_r,x_0,B^{(r)}}_{\underline{s}_{\gamma_{r-1}}})-f(\bar X^{\gamma_{r-1},x_0,B^{(r)}}_{\underline{s}_{\gamma_{r-1}}})\Big)ds .Y(f)=T0​−τ1​∫τT0​​f(Xˉs​γ0​​γ0​,x0​,B(0)​)ds+r=1∑R​Tr​−τ1​∫τTr​​(f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr​,x0​,B(r)​)−f(Xˉs​γr−1​​γr−1​,x0​,B(r)​))ds.

Inside level r≥1r\ge1r≥1 both schemes use the same Brownian motion and are read at the coarse times. The cost is C(Y)=T0/γ0+∑r=1R(Tr/γr+Tr/γr−1)\mathcal C(\mathcal Y)=T_0/\gamma_0+\sum_{r=1}^R(T_r/\gamma_r+T_r/\gamma_{r-1})C(Y)=T0​/γ0​+∑r=1R​(Tr​/γr​+Tr​/γr−1​), the number of Euler iterations.

The assumptions involve α>0\alpha>0α>0, a∈[1,2]\mathfrak a\in[1,2]a∈[1,2], η0>0\eta_0>0η0​>0, the invariant distributions π\piπ of the diffusion and πγ\pi^\gammaπγ of the scheme, and ∥Z∥2=E[∣Z∣2]1/2\|Z\|_2=\mathbb E[|Z|^2]^{1/2}∥Z∥2​=E[∣Z∣2]1/2. For every γ∈(0,η0]\gamma\in(0,\eta_0]γ∈(0,η0​]:

  • (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) ∣Ef(Xˉnγγ,x)−πγ(f)∣≤c1(x)[f]1e−αnγ|\mathbb E f(\bar X^{\gamma,x}_{n\gamma})-\pi^\gamma(f)|\le c_1(x)[f]_1e^{-\alpha n\gamma}∣Ef(Xˉnγγ,x​)−πγ(f)∣≤c1​(x)[f]1​e−αnγ (exponential convergence to equilibrium);
  • (H2)(\mathbf H_2)(H2​) ∥Xˉnγγ,x0−Xˉnγγ/2,x0∥2≤c2γa/2\|\bar X^{\gamma,x_0}_{n\gamma}-\bar X^{\gamma/2,x_0}_{n\gamma}\|_2\le c_2\gamma^{\mathfrak a/2}∥Xˉnγγ,x0​​−Xˉnγγ/2,x0​​∥2​≤c2​γa/2 (L2L^2L2-confluence);
  • (H3)(\mathbf H_3)(H3​) ∣π(f)−πγ(f)∣≤c3[f]1γδ|\pi(f)-\pi^\gamma(f)|\le c_3[f]_1\gamma^\delta∣π(f)−πγ(f)∣≤c3​[f]1​γδ, with δ∈[1/2,1]\delta\in[1/2,1]δ∈[1/2,1] if a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1 and δ∈((1+a)/4,1]\delta\in((1+\mathfrak a)/4,1]δ∈((1+a)/4,1] if a>1\mathfrak a>1a>1;
  • (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) ∥Xˉtγ,x0−x0∥2+∥c1(Xˉtγ,x0)∥2≤c4\|\bar X^{\gamma,x_0}_{t}-x_0\|_2+\|c_1(\bar X^{\gamma,x_0}_{t})\|_2\le c_4∥Xˉtγ,x0​​−x0​∥2​+∥c1​(Xˉtγ,x0​​)∥2​≤c4​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1 (ii)

With α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1, η0≤12\eta_0\le\frac12η0​≤21​, γ0≤η0\gamma_0\le\eta_0γ0​≤η0​, r0≥1∨c3γ0δr_0\ge1\vee c_3\gamma_0^\deltar0​≥1∨c3​γ0δ​, t≥t0=daαmax⁡(c22γ0alog⁡γ0−1,c42)\mathfrak t\ge\mathfrak t_0=\frac{\mathfrak d_{\mathfrak a}}\alpha\max(c_2^2\gamma_0^{\mathfrak a}\log\gamma_0^{-1},c_4^2)t≥t0​=αda​​max(c22​γ0a​logγ0−1​,c42​), ε∈(0,1)\varepsilon\in(0,1)ε∈(0,1), Rε=⌈δ−1log⁡2(r0/ε)⌉R_\varepsilon=\lceil\delta^{-1}\log_2(r_0/\varepsilon)\rceilRε​=⌈δ−1log2​(r0​/ε)⌉, Tr=tε−22−1+a2rT_r=\mathfrak t\varepsilon^{-2}2^{-\frac{1+\mathfrak a}2r}Tr​=tε−22−21+a​r (a>1\mathfrak a>1a>1) or tε−2Rε22−r\mathfrak t\varepsilon^{-2}R_\varepsilon^22^{-r}tε−2Rε2​2−r (a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1), and τ∈[τ1∣log⁡ε∣+τ2,12TRε]\tau\in[\tau_1|\log\varepsilon|+\tau_2,\frac12T_{R_\varepsilon}]τ∈[τ1​∣logε∣+τ2​,21​TRε​​]:

∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2≤C1[f]1ε,C(Y)≤caγ0−1t ε−2 (a>1),≤caγ0−1t ε−2Rε3 (a=1),\|\mathcal Y(f)-\pi(f)\|_2\le\mathfrak C_1[f]_1\varepsilon,\qquad \mathcal C(\mathcal Y)\le\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}\gamma_0^{-1}\mathfrak t\,\varepsilon^{-2}\ (\mathfrak a>1),\quad\le\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}\gamma_0^{-1}\mathfrak t\,\varepsilon^{-2}R_\varepsilon^3\ (\mathfrak a=1),∥Y(f)−π(f)∥2​≤C1​[f]1​ε,C(Y)≤ca​γ0−1​tε−2 (a>1),≤ca​γ0−1​tε−2Rε3​ (a=1),

with C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ a universal constant. The cost constant ca\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}ca​ is explicit; the error constant is left existential, which is how the paper states it.

Companion: Theorem 2.1 (i)

With the same steps and horizons but r0≥1r_0\ge1r0​≥1, t>0\mathfrak t>0t>0 arbitrary and τ∈[τ1log⁡(ε−1)∧12TRε,12TRε]\tau\in[\tau_1\log(\varepsilon^{-1})\wedge\frac12T_{R_\varepsilon},\frac12T_{R_\varepsilon}]τ∈[τ1​log(ε−1)∧21​TRε​​,21​TRε​​] for a fixed τ1>1+a−2δ2αδ\tau_1>\frac{1+\mathfrak a-2\delta}{2\alpha\delta}τ1​>2αδ1+a−2δ​, the same two bounds hold with an error constant C1\mathfrak C_1C1​ that depends on the parameters but not on fff, ε\varepsilonε or τ\tauτ. It is a separate theorem item, not a milestone.

Milestones

Lemma 3.1 (long-time bias of one average), Proposition 3.2 (bias of Y\mathcal YY), the variance decomposition (32), Lemma 3.2 (variance of one correcting level), Proposition 3.3 (variance of Y\mathcal YY), the cost bound (28), and Proposition 3.1, the non-asymptotic squared-error bound for given steps and horizons.

Significance

Theorem 2.1 separates the analysis of the multilevel estimator from the analysis of any particular diffusion. Once a diffusion satisfies (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​), the complexity follows with explicit parameters. The paper then checks the assumptions for Langevin diffusions with strongly convex potentials and obtains dimension-explicit costs O(dε−2log⁡3(dε−2))\mathcal O(d\varepsilon^{-2}\log^3(d\varepsilon^{-2}))O(dε−2log3(dε−2)) and O(dε−2)\mathcal O(d\varepsilon^{-2})O(dε−2). Those are the companion missions II and III of this series; they rest on the same estimator and cost.

The paper's proofs are on paper only. No machine-checked proof of a multilevel ergodic estimator is known to us. This mission produces a statement-level formalization of the estimator, its cost, the four assumptions and the bias–variance bounds. A complete development would add discrete-time Markov-property arguments for Euler schemes driven by a Brownian motion, covariance bounds for ergodic averages, and the elementary but delicate parameter calculus of §4.

Difficulty

The bias step is close to routine once (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) and (H3)(\mathbf H_3)(H3​) are given. The variance of a correcting level is not. Bounding it by the second moment alone gives (T−τ)−1⋅Tγa(T-\tau)^{-1}\cdot T\gamma^{\mathfrak a}(T−τ)−1⋅Tγa, which does not decay with TTT. The proof must also use mixing: covariances between times sss and uuu far apart are controlled by (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) through the Markov property, which needs the conditional law of each scheme given its past and a moment bound on c1c_1c1​ along the path (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​). The two regimes are matched at a separation of order ∣log⁡γ∣/α|\log\gamma|/\alpha∣logγ∣/α, and this is where the factor log⁡(1/γ)\log(1/\gamma)log(1/γ) comes from. At the level of the theorem, the parameters (8) and the warm start τ\tauτ must make three error terms simultaneously ≲ε\lesssim\varepsilon≲ε with a constant independent of ddd, fff, the diffusion and every assumption constant. Getting the uniformity right is what the explicit thresholds t0\mathfrak t_0t0​, τ1\tau_1τ1​, τ2\tau_2τ2​ are for.

Formalization scope

  • Rd\mathbb R^dRd is the published EthierKurtz.SDEState d, and a Brownian motion is the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian. The levels' Brownian motions form one family B : ℕ → ℝ≥0 → Ω → ℝ^d, mutually independent as path-valued variables. σ(x)\sigma(x)σ(x) is a continuous linear map Rd→Rd\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dRd→Rd.
  • The Euler scheme is evaluated at grid times. (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) are stated at grid times nγn\gammanγ, for every level's Brownian motion. For (H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​), whose supremum the paper takes over all real ttt, this is a weaker assumption, so the theorems are stronger.
  • ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​ is eLpNorm · 2 P and variances are evariance, both valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so an infinite moment is never read as 000. Expectations that are concluded come with an integrability conjunct.
  • π\piπ and πγ\pi^\gammaπγ are arbitrary probability measures satisfying (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​) and (H3)(\mathbf H_3)(H3​), with fff integrable. The SDE and the invariance of π\piπ, πγ\pi^\gammaπγ are not formalized: the results never use invariance, so the statements generalize the paper's.
  • [f]1[f]_1[f]1​ is the least Lipschitz constant. The cost is the formula of p. 6 for all horizons. (a−1)−2∧R2(\mathfrak a-1)^{-2}\wedge R^2(a−1)−2∧R2, da\mathfrak d_{\mathfrak a}da​ and ca\mathfrak c_{\mathfrak a}ca​ are defined case by case, so a=1\mathfrak a=1a=1 never divides by zero.
  • Universal constants (C1\mathfrak C_1C1​, cu\mathfrak c_ucu​) are quantified before the dimension, the probability space and every datum.
  • Added hypotheses: γ≤1/2\gamma\le1/2γ≤1/2 and α≤1\alpha\le1α≤1 in Lemma 3.2, and η0≤1/2\eta_0\le1/2η0​≤1/2 in Proposition 3.3. These are the standing ranges of Theorem 2.1; without them the printed bounds fail for steps ≥1\ge1≥1. The restriction ε<ε0\varepsilon<\varepsilon_0ε<ε0​ of the goal is replaced by quantifying over every τ\tauτ in the admissible interval, which is the same claim.
  • A formalization in which the bias or variance bounds, Proposition 3.1 or any covariance estimate appear as hypotheses of the goal is excluded. The goal assumes only (H1)(\mathbf H_1)(H1​)–(H4)(\mathbf H_4)(H4​) and the parameter choices (8), (39)–(40).

Contributions are welcome on any milestone, on Markov-property and moment lemmas for Euler schemes driven by IsStandardBrownian, and on the Theorem 2.1 (i) companion with non-explicit constants.

Selected references

  • M. Egéa, F. Panloup, Multilevel-Langevin pathwise average for Gibbs approximation, arXiv:2109.07753v2, 2024; Math. Oper. Res., 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2109.07753
  • G. Pagès, F. Panloup, Weighted multilevel Langevin simulation of invariant measures, Ann. Appl. Probab. 28(6), 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.00412
  • M. B. Giles, M. B. Majka, L. Szpruch, S. Vollmer, K. Zygalakis, Multi-level Monte Carlo methods for the approximation of invariant measures of stochastic differential equations, Stat. Comput. 30, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1805.10974
  • M. B. Giles, Multilevel Monte Carlo path simulation, Oper. Res. 56(3), 2008. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1070.0496
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

An Approximation to the Invariant Measure of the Limiting Diffusion of G/Ph/n + GI Queues in the Halfin–Whitt Regime and Related Asymptotics 1: Euler–Maruyama Error C_ς η^{(1−ς)/2} in Wasserstein-1Research Paper

Motivation

Many-server queues are the basic model of call centres and hospital wards, and the Halfin–Whitt regime (the number of servers nnn grows while the traffic intensity approaches one at rate n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2) is where such systems operate efficiently and with short delays. In this regime the centred and scaled queue process of a G/Ph/n+GIG/Ph/n+GIG/Ph/n+GI queue (general arrivals, phase-type service, nnn servers, generally distributed patience) converges to a ddd-dimensional diffusion, ddd being the number of service phases (Dai, He and Tezcan, Ann. Appl. Probab. 2010). For GI/Ph/n+MGI/Ph/n+MGI/Ph/n+M queues the stationary distribution of the queue converges to the invariant measure μ\muμ of that diffusion (Dai, Dieker and Gao, Queueing Systems 2014). So μ\muμ is the object one would like to compute.

With exponential service the diffusion is one-dimensional and μ\muμ is explicit. With phase-type service it is multidimensional with a piecewise-linear drift; Dieker and Gao (Ann. Appl. Probab. 2013) proved that it is exponentially ergodic with a unique μ\muμ, but no closed form is known, and the characterization of multidimensional piecewise-linear diffusions was left open in Browne and Whitt (1995). Jin, Pang, Xu and Xu (arXiv:2209.07361) approximate μ\muμ by the invariant measure of the Euler–Maruyama discretization and give an explicit error rate in the Wasserstein-1 distance.

Setting

Fix d≥1d\ge1d≥1, a patience rate α>0\alpha>0α>0, a slack β∈R\beta\in\mathbb Rβ∈R, a probability vector p∈Rdp\in\mathbb R^dp∈Rd, service rates v1,…,vd>0v_1,\dots,v_d>0v1​,…,vd​>0 and a sub-stochastic phase-transition matrix PPP with Pii=0P_{ii}=0Pii​=0 and I−PI-PI−P invertible. Let R=(I−P′) diag(v)R=(I-P')\,\mathrm{diag}(v)R=(I−P′)diag(v), e=(1,…,1)′e=(1,\dots,1)'e=(1,…,1)′, and assume the phase-type distribution has mean one, e′R−1p=1e'R^{-1}p=1e′R−1p=1. The drift is the piecewise-linear map

g(x)=−βp−Rx+(R−αI)p (e′x)+,y+=max⁡{0,y}.g(x)=-\beta p-Rx+(R-\alpha I)p\,(e'x)^+,\qquad y^+=\max\{0,y\}.g(x)=−βp−Rx+(R−αI)p(e′x)+,y+=max{0,y}.

Let σ\sigmaσ be a d×dd\times dd×d matrix with ξ′σσ′ξ≥c ξ′ξ\xi'\sigma\sigma'\xi\ge c\,\xi'\xiξ′σσ′ξ≥cξ′ξ for some c>0c>0c>0 (in the queueing model σσ′\sigma\sigma'σσ′ has an explicit formula in terms of the arrival variability ca2c_a^2ca2​, ppp, PPP, vvv; only the ellipticity is used). The limiting diffusion is

Xt=x+∫0tg(Xs) ds+σBt,X_t=x+\int_0^t g(X_s)\,ds+\sigma B_t,Xt​=x+∫0t​g(Xs​)ds+σBt​,

with BBB a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion; Pt(x,⋅)P_t(x,\cdot)Pt​(x,⋅) is the law of XtX_tXt​ started at xxx, and μ\muμ is a probability measure with ∫Pt(x,⋅) μ(dx)=μ\int P_t(x,\cdot)\,\mu(dx)=\mu∫Pt​(x,⋅)μ(dx)=μ for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0.

The Euler–Maruyama chain with step η>0\eta>0η>0 is

X~k+1η=X~kη+g(X~kη) η+η σξk+1,k∈N0,\tilde X^\eta_{k+1}=\tilde X^\eta_k+g(\tilde X^\eta_k)\,\eta+\sqrt\eta\,\sigma\xi_{k+1},\qquad k\in\mathbb N_0,X~k+1η​=X~kη​+g(X~kη​)η+η​σξk+1​,k∈N0​,

with independent standard Gaussian ξk\xi_kξk​; its one-step kernel is P~η(x,⋅)=N(x+ηg(x),ησσ′)\tilde P_\eta(x,\cdot)=\mathcal N(x+\eta g(x),\eta\sigma\sigma')P~η​(x,⋅)=N(x+ηg(x),ησσ′), and μ~η\tilde\mu_\etaμ~​η​ denotes an invariant probability measure of it. The Wasserstein-1 distance is taken in its dual form

dW(μ1,μ2)=sup⁡h∈Lip(1)∣∫h dμ1−∫h dμ2∣,d_W(\mu_1,\mu_2)=\sup_{h\in\mathrm{Lip}(1)}\Big|\int h\,d\mu_1-\int h\,d\mu_2\Big|,dW​(μ1​,μ2​)=h∈Lip(1)sup​​∫hdμ1​−∫hdμ2​​,

where Lip(1)\mathrm{Lip}(1)Lip(1) is the set of hhh with ∣h(x)−h(y)∣≤∣x−y∣|h(x)-h(y)|\le|x-y|∣h(x)−h(y)∣≤∣x−y∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1.2(i)

There is η0>0\eta_0>0η0​>0 such that for every ς∈(0,1)\varsigma\in(0,1)ς∈(0,1) there is Cς>0C_\varsigma>0Cς​>0, depending on ς\varsigmaς but not on η\etaη, such that for every η∈(0,η0]\eta\in(0,\eta_0]η∈(0,η0​] the chain has a unique invariant probability measure μ~η\tilde\mu_\etaμ~​η​ and

dW(μ,μ~η)≤Cς η1−ς2.d_W(\mu,\tilde\mu_\eta)\le C_\varsigma\,\eta^{\frac{1-\varsigma}{2}}.dW​(μ,μ~​η​)≤Cς​η21−ς​.

The constants are left unspecified, so the goal survives any improvement of them.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. (A.4)–(A.7): a C2C^2C2 Lyapunov function VVV with c^1∣y∣2≤V(y)≤C^∣y∣2+C^′\hat c_1|y|^2\le V(y)\le\hat C|y|^2+\hat C'c^1​∣y∣2≤V(y)≤C^∣y∣2+C^′, ∣∇V(y)∣≤C(1+∣y∣)|\nabla V(y)|\le C(1+|y|)∣∇V(y)∣≤C(1+∣y∣) and AV≤−c1V+c˘1\mathcal AV\le-c_1V+\breve c_1AV≤−c1​V+c˘1​, where A\mathcal AA is the generator.
  2. Lemma A.1: moment bounds EVℓ(Xtx)≤e−c1tVℓ(x)+c˘ℓ(1−e−c1t)/c1\mathbb EV^\ell(X^x_t)\le e^{-c_1t}V^\ell(x)+\breve c_\ell(1-e^{-c_1t})/c_1EVℓ(Xtx​)≤e−c1​tVℓ(x)+c˘ℓ​(1−e−c1​t)/c1​, and exponential ergodicity of the diffusion in dWd_WdW​ and in weighted total variation.
  3. Lemma A.2: P~ηf\tilde P_\eta fP~η​f is Lipschitz for bounded measurable fff (strong Feller), and the chain is irreducible.
  4. Lemma A.3: the one-step error E∣Xηx−X~1η,x∣2ℓ≤C~ℓ(1+Vℓ(x))η3ℓ\mathbb E|X^x_\eta-\tilde X^{\eta,x}_1|^{2\ell}\le\tilde C_\ell(1+V^\ell(x))\eta^{3\ell}E∣Xηx​−X~1η,x​∣2ℓ≤C~ℓ​(1+Vℓ(x))η3ℓ.
  5. Lemma A.4: the drift condition P~ηVℓ≤(e−c1η+C~ℓη3/2)Vℓ+Kˇℓ\tilde P_\eta V^\ell\le(e^{-c_1\eta}+\tilde C_\ell\eta^{3/2})V^\ell+\check K_\ellP~η​Vℓ≤(e−c1​η+C~ℓ​η3/2)Vℓ+Kˇℓ​ for the chain.
  6. Proposition 2.1: existence, uniqueness and exponential ergodicity of μ~η\tilde\mu_\etaμ~​η​, and μ~η(∣⋅∣ℓ)≤C\tilde\mu_\eta(|\cdot|^\ell)\le Cμ~​η​(∣⋅∣ℓ)≤C uniformly in η\etaη.
  7. Lemma 2.2: for the solution fff of the Stein equation Af=h−μ(h)\mathcal Af=h-\mu(h)Af=h−μ(h) with h∈Lip0(1)h\in\mathrm{Lip}_0(1)h∈Lip0​(1), the polynomial bounds on f,∇f,∇2ff,\nabla f,\nabla^2ff,∇f,∇2f and the local (1−ς)(1-\varsigma)(1−ς)-Hölder bound on ∇2f\nabla^2 f∇2f.
  8. (2.7)–(2.8): the second-order Taylor remainder in Stein's argument is O(η(3−ς)/2)O(\eta^{(3-\varsigma)/2})O(η(3−ς)/2).

Significance

The theorem gives a computable approximation of the stationary distribution of the diffusion limit, with an explicit rate. Combined with the convergence of the scaled queue's stationary distribution to μ\muμ at rate n(ς−1)/2n^{(\varsigma-1)/2}n(ς−1)/2 for M/Ph/n+MM/Ph/n+MM/Ph/n+M queues (Braverman and Dai), it yields an approximation of the steady state of the queue itself, by simulating the chain for O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) steps (Remark 2.3 of the paper). Proposition 2.1 also shows that the explicit Euler scheme does not blow up for this non-gradient, non-differentiable drift, which is not automatic: the Euler scheme of an ergodic SDE may blow up.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open mathematically, though Lemma 2.2 is imported from Gurvich's regularity theory rather than proved there. To our knowledge none of it is formalized. A formalization provides the first machine-checked Wasserstein bound between the invariant measures of a multidimensional diffusion and its discretization, and on the way the Lyapunov and Harris-type ergodicity theory of Euler–Maruyama chains.

Difficulty

Standard error analyses of Euler schemes for invariant measures assume a gradient drift, strong dissipativity, or several bounded derivatives; none holds here. The drift is not differentiable on the hyperplane {e′x=0}\{e'x=0\}{e′x=0} and is dissipative only in the Lyapunov sense of Dieker and Gao, so contraction-based couplings do not apply. The Stein argument instead needs second derivatives of the Stein solution fff that are Hölder continuous with polynomially growing constants; this is where the loss η−ς/2\eta^{-\varsigma/2}η−ς/2 comes from, and it rests on elliptic regularity for an operator with only Lipschitz coefficients. The ergodicity of the chain must also hold with constants uniform in η\etaη, which the classical Lyapunov criteria do not give directly.

Formalization scope

  • The state space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ is the Euclidean norm; matrices act by the usual product, and ∥A∥op=sup⁡∣u∣=1∣Au∣\|A\|_{\mathrm{op}}=\sup_{|u|=1}|Au|∥A∥op​=sup∣u∣=1​∣Au∣.
  • σ\sigmaσ is a general uniformly elliptic matrix, not the paper's explicit covariance; the general case contains the paper's.
  • Brownian motion is the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian (time ℝ≥0). The diffusion is a pathwise integral equation with continuous paths, so no Itô integral is needed. The transition function PtP_tPt​ is characterized by: on every probability space, every solution from xxx has law Pt(x,⋅)P_t(x,\cdot)Pt​(x,⋅) at time ttt. μ\muμ is a hypothesis (an invariant probability measure of PtP_tPt​), never assumed smooth or with moments.
  • The chain's kernel is the image of stdGaussian under z↦x+ηg(x)+η σzz\mapsto x+\eta g(x)+\sqrt\eta\,\sigma zz↦x+ηg(x)+η​σz; k∈N0k\in\mathbb N_0k∈N0​ starts at 000.
  • dWd_WdW​, ∥⋅∥TV\|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{TV}}∥⋅∥TV​ and ∥⋅∥TV,V\|\cdot\|_{\mathrm{TV},V}∥⋅∥TV,V​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and equal +∞+\infty+∞ unless the needed first moment (or ∫(1+V)\int(1+V)∫(1+V)) is finite; so a bound on dWd_WdW​ cannot hold because an integral of a non-integrable test function defaults to 000. All moment bounds are lower Lebesgue integrals.
  • "For any small enough ς\varsigmaς" is read as every ς∈(0,1)\varsigma\in(0,1)ς∈(0,1); the step threshold η0\eta_0η0​ is chosen before ς\varsigmaς, and CςC_\varsigmaCς​ before η\etaη.
  • The Stein solution is f=−∫0∞(Pth−μ(h)) dtf=-\int_0^\infty(P_th-\mu(h))\,dtf=−∫0∞​(Pt​h−μ(h))dt (the paper's (3.2)); Lemma 2.2 concludes that it is C2C^2C2 and solves Af=h−μ(h)\mathcal Af=h-\mu(h)Af=h−μ(h), so its derivatives are never junk.
  • Lemma A.2's gradient bound is stated in Lipschitz form, since P~ηf\tilde P_\eta fP~η​f need not be differentiable where ggg is not.

Trivializing encodings are excluded: the existence and uniqueness of μ~η\tilde\mu_\etaμ~​η​ is a conclusion, not a hypothesis, and the distance is infinite rather than zero when moments fail.

A complete development needs Brownian motion with Gaussian increments, a pathwise SDE solution theory for Lipschitz drift, Itô's formula (or Dynkin's formula) for C2C^2C2 functions of additive-noise diffusions, Harris-type ergodic theorems for Feller chains and diffusions, and elliptic regularity for the Stein equation. The Harris theorems and Wasserstein machinery are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, and to general infrastructure for Euler–Maruyama chains, are welcome.

Selected references

  • X. H. Jin, G. Pang, L. Xu, X. Xu, An approximation to the invariant measure of the limiting diffusion of G/Ph/n+GI queues in the Halfin–Whitt regime and related asymptotics, arXiv:2209.07361v1, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2209.07361
  • A. B. Dieker, X. Gao, Positive recurrence of piecewise Ornstein–Uhlenbeck processes and common quadratic Lyapunov functions, Annals of Applied Probability 23(4): 1291–1317, 2013.
  • J. G. Dai, S. He, T. Tezcan, Many-server diffusion limits for G/Ph/n+GI queues, Annals of Applied Probability 20(5): 1854–1890, 2010.
  • J. G. Dai, A. B. Dieker, X. Gao, Validity of heavy-traffic steady-state approximations in many-server queues with abandonment, Queueing Systems 78(1): 1–29, 2014.
  • S. Browne, W. Whitt, Piecewise-linear diffusion processes, in J. Dshalalow (ed.), Advances in Queueing: Theory, Methods, and Open Problems, 463–480, 1995.
  • I. Gurvich, Diffusion models and steady-state approximations for exponentially ergodic Markovian queues, Annals of Applied Probability 24(6): 2527–2559, 2014.
  • A. Braverman, J. G. Dai, Stein's method for steady-state diffusion approximations of M/Ph/n+M systems, Annals of Applied Probability 27(1): 550–581, 2017.
  • M. Hairer, J. C. Mattingly, Spectral gaps in Wasserstein distances and the 2D stochastic Navier–Stokes equations, Annals of Probability 36(6): 2050–2091, 2008.

Bibliographic data as in the reference list of arXiv:2209.07361v1, pp. 35–37.

17 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 1 of 5Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me